specification - edexcel...this qualification allows learners to demonstrate competence in...

Specification

Edexcel Level 4 NVQ Diploma in Business-Improvement Techniques (QCF)

For first registration November 2010

Edexcel NVQ/competence-based qualifications

Edexcel, a Pearson company, is the UK’s largest awarding organisation offering vocational and academic qualifications and testing, to employers, training providers, colleges, schools, and other places of learning in the UK, and in over 85 countries worldwide.

Our specialist suite of qualifications include NVQs, Apprenticeships, WorkSkills, Functional Skills, Foundation Learning, as well as our exclusive range of BTECs, from entry level right through to Higher National Diplomas.

References to third party material made in this specification are made in good faith. Edexcel does not endorse, approve or accept responsibility for the content of materials, which may be subject to change, or any opinions expressed therein. (Material may include textbooks, journals, magazines and other publications and websites.)

Authorised by Roger Beard Prepared by Andres Vergara

Publications Code N025101

All the material in this publication is copyright © Edexcel Limited 2010

Contents

Qualification title covered by this specification 1

Key features of the Edexcel Level 4 NVQ Diploma in Business-Improvement Techniques (QCF) 3

What is the purpose of this qualification? 3

Who is this qualification for? 3

What are the benefits of this qualification to the learner and employer? 3

What are the potential job roles for those working towards this qualification? 3

What progression opportunities are available to learners who achieve this qualification? 3

What is the qualification structure for the Edexcel Level 4 NVQ Diploma in Business-Improvement Techniques (QCF)? 4

How is the qualification graded and assessed? 9 Assessment Strategy 9

Types of evidence 10

Additional Requirements 11

Centre recognition and approval 12 Centre recognition 12

Approvals agreement 12

Quality assurance 12

What resources are required? 12

Unit format 13

Units 15 Unit 1: Leading effective teams 17

Unit 2: Carrying out project management activities 25

Unit 3: Complying with statutory regulations and organisational safety requirements 31

Unit 4: Leading workplace organisation activities 39

Unit 5: Leading continuous improvement (Kaizen) activities 47

Unit 6: Leading the development of visual management systems 57

Unit 7: Leading the creation of flexible production and manpower systems 65

Unit 8: Leading problem solving activities 73

Unit 9: Leading an analysis and selection of parts for improvement 83

Unit 10: Leading lead-time analysis activities 89

Unit 11: Leading value stream mapping (VSM) activities 95

Unit 12: Leading set-up reduction activities 103

Unit 13: Leading total productive maintenance (TPM) activities 111

Unit 14: Leading statistical process control (SPC) activities 119

Unit 15: Leading flow process analysis activities 127

Unit 16: Leading policy deployment activities (Hoshin Kanri, quality operating systems, business plan deployment) 133

Unit 17: Leading value management (value engineering and value analysis) activities 141

Unit 18: Leading failure modes and effects analysis (FMEA) activities 149

Unit 19: Leading measurement systems analysis (MSA) activities 157

Unit 20: Carrying out design of experiments (DOE) 165

Unit 21: Leading mistake/error proofing (Poka Yoke) activities 171

Unit 22: Applying quality function deployment (QFD) 179

Unit 23: Leading the creation of standard operating procedures (SOP) 185

Unit 24: Applying response surface methodology 193

Unit 25: Leading the application of Six Sigma methodology to a project 199

Unit 26: Leading the carrying out of Six Sigma process mapping 207

Unit 27: Leading the application of basic statistical analysis 213

Unit 28: Leading the application of Six Sigma metrics to a project 219

Unit 29: Leading the production of a characteristic selection matrix 227

Unit 30: Leading the carrying out of capability studies 235

Unit 31: Leading the production of multi variance charts 243

Unit 32: Leading the process of hypothesis testing 251

Unit 33: Carrying out evolutionary operations (EVOP) 259

Unit 34: Applying central limit theorem and confidence intervals 265

Unit 35: Producing Taguchi linear graphs 269

Further information 275

Useful publications 275 How to obtain National Occupational Standards 275

Professional development and training 276

Annexe A: Progression pathways 277 The Edexcel qualification framework for the engineering sector 277

Annexe B: Quality assurance 283 Key principles of quality assurance 283

Quality assurance processes 283

Annexe C: Centre certification and registration 285 What are the access arrangements and special considerations for the qualification in this specification? 285

Annexe D: Additional Requirements for qualifications that use the title NVQ within the QCF 287

Annexe E: Assessment Strategy 295

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

1

Qual

ific

atio

n t

itle

cov

ered

by

this

spec

ific

atio

n

This

spec

ific

atio

n g

ives

you t

he

info

rmation y

ou n

eed t

o o

ffer

the

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

:

Qu

alifi

cati

on

tit

le

Qu

alifi

cati

on

A

ccre

dit

ati

on

N

um

ber

(QA

N)

Acc

red

itati

on

st

art

date

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Busi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

501/1

621/6

01/1

1/2

010

This

qual

ific

atio

n h

as

bee

n a

ccre

dited

within

the

Qual

ific

ations

and C

redit F

ram

ework

(Q

CF)

and is

elig

ible

for

public

fundin

g a

s det

erm

ined

by

the

Dep

artm

ent

for

Educa

tion (

DfE

) under

Sec

tions

96 a

nd 9

7 o

f th

e Le

arnin

g a

nd S

kills

Act

2000.

The

qual

ific

atio

n t

itle

lis

ted a

bove

fea

ture

s in

the

fundin

g lis

ts p

ublis

hed

annual

ly b

y th

e D

fE a

nd t

he

regula

rly

updat

ed w

ebsi

te.

It w

ill a

lso a

ppea

r on t

he

Learn

ing A

ims

Dat

abas

e (L

AD

), w

her

e re

leva

nt.

You s

hould

use

the

QCF

Qualif

icat

ion A

ccre

ditat

ion N

um

ber

(Q

AN

), w

hen

you w

ish t

o s

eek

public

fundin

g for

your

learn

ers.

Each

unit w

ithin

a q

ualif

ication w

ill a

lso h

ave

a u

niq

ue

QC

F re

fere

nce

num

ber

, w

hic

h is

liste

d in t

his

spec

ific

atio

n.

The

QCF

qual

ific

atio

n t

itle

and u

nit r

efer

ence

num

ber

s w

ill a

ppea

r on t

he

lear

ner

s’ f

inal

cer

tifica

tion d

ocu

men

t. L

earn

ers

nee

d t

o

be

made

aw

are

of th

is w

hen

they

are

rec

ruited

by

the

centr

e an

d r

egis

tere

d w

ith E

dex

cel.

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

2 This

title

rep

lace

s th

e fo

llow

ing q

ual

ific

atio

n fro

m 1

st N

ove

mber

2010.

Qu

alifi

cati

on

tit

le

Qu

alifi

cati

on

A

ccre

dit

ati

on

N

um

ber

(QA

N)

Acc

red

itati

on

st

art

date

A

ccre

dit

ati

on

en

d d

ate

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

500/2

920/4

01/0

8/2

007

31/1

2/2

010

N025101 – Specification – Edexcel Level 4 NVQ Diploma in Business-Improvement Techniques (QCF) – Issue 1 – December 2010 © Edexcel Limited 2010

3

Key features of the Edexcel Level 4 NVQ Diploma in Business-Improvement Techniques (QCF)

This qualification:

• is nationally recognised

• is based on the Semta National Occupational Standards (NOS). The NOS, Assessment Strategy and qualification structure are owned by Semta.

What is the purpose of this qualification?

This qualification is appropriate for employees in the engineering sector working across a broad range of areas. It is designed to assess occupational competence in the workplace where learners are required to demonstrate skills and knowledge to a level required in the engineering industry.

Who is this qualification for?

This qualification is for all learners aged 16 and above who are capable of reaching the required standards.

Edexcel’s policy is that the qualification should:

• be free from any barriers that restrict access and progression

• ensure equality of opportunity for all wishing to access the qualification.

What are the benefits of this qualification to the learner and employer?

This qualification allows learners to demonstrate competence against National Occupational Standards which are based on the needs of the engineering industry as defined by Semta, the Sector Skills Council. As such it contributes to the development of skilled labour in the sector.

What are the potential job roles for those working towards this qualification?

• Manager

• Manufacturing production manager

What progression opportunities are available to learners who achieve this qualification?

This qualification allows learners to demonstrate competence in business-improvement techniques at a level required by the engineering industry. Learners can progress across the level and size of the engineering competence and knowledge qualifications and into other occupational areas such as team leading and management.

Further information is available in Annexe A.


4

What is the qualification structure for the Edexcel Level 4 NVQ Diploma in Business-Improvement Techniques (QCF)?

Individual units can be found in the Units section. The QCF level and credit value are given on the first page of each unit. To achieve the Edexcel Level 4 NVQ Diploma in Business-Improvement Techniques (QCF)

Learners must complete a minimum of 106 credits. Learners must complete all mandatory units in Group A (24 credits) and then choose one of the following pathways: Edexcel Level 4 NVQ Diploma in Business-Improvement Techniques - Process Improvement (QCF)

Learners must complete all the units in Group B1 and a minimum of six units from Groups B2*, B3 and B4** for a minimum total of 82 credits.

*A minimum of one unit must be taken from Group B2.

**A maximum of three units may be taken from Group B4. Edexcel Level 4 NVQ Diploma in Business-Improvement Techniques - Quality Improvement (QCF)

Learners must complete all the units in Group C1.

Learners must complete a minimum of five units from Groups C2*, C3** and C4*** for a minimum total of 96 credits.

*A minimum of one unit must be taken from Group C2.

**A minimum of one unit must be taken from Group C3.

***A maximum of three units may be taken from Group C4. A - Mandatory units

Learners must complete all the units in Group A. L/600/5389 - Leading effective teams

H/600/5396 - Carrying out project management activities

A/601/5013 - Complying with statutory regulations and organisational safety requirements

B - Process Improvement

Learners must complete all the units in Group B1 and a minimum of six units from Groups B2*, B3 and B4**.

*A minimum of one unit must be taken from Group B2.

**A maximum of three units may be taken from Group B4.


5

B1 - Mandatory units (Process Improvement)

Learners must complete all the units in Group B1. F/600/5406 - Leading workplace organisation activities

M/600/5420 - Leading continuous improvement (Kaizen) activities

M/600/5434 - Leading the development of visual management systems B2 - Optional units (Process Improvement)

Learners must complete at least one unit from Group B1. K/600/5447 - Leading the creation of flexible production and manpower systems

T/600/5466 - Leading problem solving activities B3 - Optional units (Process Improvement) T/600/5483 - Leading an analysis and selection of parts for improvement

K/600/5528 - Leading lead time analysis activities

M/600/5563 - Leading value stream mapping (VSM) activities

T/600/5614 - Leading set-up reduction activities

H/600/5639 - Leading total productive maintenance (TPM) activities

J/600/5665 - Leading statistical process control (SPC) activities

R/600/5684 - Leading flow process analysis activities

R/600/5698 - Leading policy deployment activities (Hoshin Kanri, quality operating systems, business plan deployment)

A/600/5713 - Leading value management (value engineering and value analysis) activities

L/600/5733 - Leading failure modes and effects analysis (FMEA) activities

R/600/5748 - Leading measurement systems analysis (MSA) activities

L/600/5862 - Carrying out design of experiments (DOE)

K/600/5867 - Leading mistake/error proofing (Poka Yoke) activities

J/600/5875 - Applying quality function deployment (QFD)

F/600/5888 - Leading the creation of standard operating procedures (SOP)


6

B4 - Optional units (Process Improvement)

Learners may complete up to three units in Group B4. A/600/6036 - Applying response surface methodology

D/600/5896 - Leading the application of Six Sigma methodology to a project

T/600/5905 - Leading the carrying out of Six Sigma process mapping

T/600/5919 - Leading the application of basic statistical analysis

Y/600/5931 - Leading the application of Six Sigma metrics to a project

R/600/5944 - Leading the production of a characteristic selection matrix

L/600/5957 - Leading the carrying out of capability studies

A/600/5971 - Leading the production of multi variance charts

K/600/5982 - Leading the process of hypothesis testing

R/600/5989 - Carrying out evolutionary operations (EVOP)

K/600/6002 - Applying central limit theorem and confidence intervals

H/600/6029 - Producing Taguchi linear graphs C - Quality Improvement

Learners must complete all the units in Group C1.

Learners must complete a minimum of five units from Groups C2*, C3* and C4*.



*A maximum of three units may be taken from Group C4. C1 - Mandatory units (Quality Improvement)

Learners must complete all the units in Group C1. J/600/5665 - Leading statistical process control (SPC) activities

L/600/5733 - Leading failure modes and effects analysis (FMEA) activities

D/600/5896 - Leading the application of Six Sigma methodology to a project

T/600/5905 - Leading the carrying out of Six Sigma process mapping

T/600/5919 - Leading the application of basic statistical analysis


7

C2 - Optional units (Quality Improvement)

Learners must complete at least one unit from Group C2. R/600/5748 - Leading measurement systems analysis (MSA) activities

L/600/5862 - Carrying out design of experiments (DOE)

K/600/5867 - Leading mistake/error proofing (Poka Yoke) activities

Y/600/5931 - Leading the application of Six Sigma metrics to a project

R/600/5944 - Leading the production of a characteristic selection matrix

L/600/5957 - Leading the carrying out of capability studies

A/600/5971 - Leading the production of multi variance charts

K/600/5982 - Leading the process of hypothesis testing C3 - Optional units (Quality Improvement)

Learners must complete at least one unit from Group C3. A/600/6036 - Applying response surface methodology

J/600/5875 - Applying quality function deployment (QFD)

R/600/5989 - Carrying out evolutionary operations (EVOP)

K/600/6002 - Applying central limit theorem and confidence intervals

H/600/6029 - Producing Taguchi linear graphs C4 - Optional units (Quality Improvement)

Learners may complete up to three units in Group C4. F/600/5406 - Leading workplace organisation activities

M/600/5420 - Leading continuous improvement (Kaizen) activities

M/600/5434 - Leading the development of visual management systems

K/600/5447 - Leading the creation of flexible production and manpower systems

T/600/5466 - Leading problem solving activities

T/600/5483 - Leading an analysis and selection of parts for improvement

K/600/5528 - Leading lead time analysis activities

M/600/5563 - Leading value stream mapping (VSM) activities

T/600/5614 - Leading set-up reduction activities

H/600/5639 - Leading total productive maintenance (TPM) activities

R/600/5684 - Leading flow process analysis activities


8

R/600/5698 - Leading policy deployment activities (Hoshin Kanri, quality operating systems, business plan deployment)

A/600/5713 - Leading value management (value engineering and value analysis) activities

F/600/5888 - Leading the creation of standard operating procedures (SOP)


9

How is the qualification graded and assessed?

The overall grade for the qualification is a ‘pass’. The learner must achieve all the required units within the specified qualification structure.

To pass a unit the learner must:

• achieve all the specified learning outcomes

• satisfy all the assessment criteria by providing sufficient and valid evidence for each criterion

• show that the evidence is their own.

The qualification is designed to be assessed:

• in the workplace or

• in conditions resembling the workplace, as specified in the Assessment Strategy for the sector, or

• as part of a training programme.

Assessment Strategy

The Assessment Strategy for this qualification has been included in Annexe E. It has been developed by Semta in partnership with employers, training providers, awarding organisations and the regulatory authorities. The Assessment Strategy includes details on:

• criteria for defining realistic working environments

• roles and occupational competence of assessors, expert witnesses, internal verifiers and standards verifiers

• quality control of assessment

• evidence requirements.

Evidence of competence may come from:

• current practice where evidence is generated from a current job role

• a programme of development where evidence comes from assessment opportunities built into a learning/training programme whether at or away from the workplace

• the Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) where a learner can demonstrate that they can meet the assessment criteria within a unit through knowledge, understanding or skills they already possess without undertaking a course of learning. They must submit sufficient, reliable and valid evidence for internal and standards verification purposes. RPL is acceptable for accrediting a unit, several units or a whole qualification

• a combination of these.


10

It is important that the evidence is:

Valid relevant to the standards for which competence is claimed

Authentic produced by the learner

Current sufficiently recent to create confidence that the same skill, understanding or knowledge persist at the time of the claim

Reliable indicates that the learner can consistently perform at this level

Sufficient fully meets the requirements of the standards.

Types of evidence

To successfully achieve a unit the learner must gather evidence which shows that they have met the required standard in the assessment criteria. Evidence can take a variety of different forms including the following examples:

• direct observation of the learner’s performance by their assessor

• outcomes from oral or written questioning

• products of the learner’s work

• personal statements and/or reflective accounts

• outcomes from simulation, where permitted by the Assessment Strategy

• professional discussion

• assignment, project/case studies

• authentic statements/witness testimony

• expert witness testimony

• reflective accounts

• evidence of Recognition of Prior Learning.

Learners can use one piece of evidence to prove their knowledge, skills and understanding across different assessment criteria and/or across different units. It is, therefore, not necessary for learners to have each assessment criterion assessed separately. Learners should be encouraged to reference the assessment criteria to which the evidence relates.

Evidence must be made available to the assessor, internal verifier and Edexcel standards verifier. A range of recording documents is available on the Edexcel website www.edexcel.com. Alternatively, centres may develop their own.

http://www.edexcel.com/�


11

Additional Requirements

The Joint Awarding Body and the SSC Working Practices Group have identified additional requirements that are needed to assess and quality assure qualifications placed on the QCF that use NVQ within their title. These requirements are shown in Annexe D: Additional Requirements for Qualifications that use the title NVQ within the QCF.


12

Centre recognition and approval

Centre recognition

Centres that have not previously offered Edexcel qualifications need to apply for and be granted centre recognition as part of the process for approval to offer individual qualifications. New centres must complete both a centre recognition approval application and a qualification approval application.

Existing centres will be given ‘automatic approval’ for a new qualification if they are already approved for a qualification that is being replaced by the new qualification and the conditions for automatic approval are met. Centres already holding Edexcel approval are able to gain qualification approval for a different level or different sector via Edexcel online.

Approvals agreement

All centres are required to enter into an approvals agreement which is a formal commitment by the head or principal of a centre to meet all the requirements of the specification and any linked codes or regulations. Edexcel will act to protect the integrity of the awarding of qualifications, if centres do not comply with the agreement. This could result in the suspension of certification or withdrawal of approval.

Quality assurance

Detailed information on Edexcel’s quality assurance processes is given in Annexe B.

What resources are required?

Each qualification is designed to support learners working in the Engineering sector. Physical resources need to support the delivery of the qualification and the assessment of the learning outcomes and must be of industry standard. Centres must meet any specific resource requirements outlined in Annexe E: Assessment Strategy. Staff assessing the learner must meet the requirements within the overarching Assessment Strategy for the sector.


13

Unit format

Each unit in this specification contains the following sections. Unit title:

Unit reference number:

QCF level:

Credit value:

Guided learning hours:

Unit summary:

Assessment requirements/evidence requirements:

Assessment recording:

Learning outcomes:

Assessment criteria:

Evidence type:

Portfolio reference:

Date:

The assessment/evidence requirements are determined by the SSC. Learners must provide evidence for each of the requirements stated in this section.

Learning outcomes state exactly what a learner should know, understand or be able to do as a result of completing a unit.

The assessment criteria of a unit specify the standard a learner is expected to meet to demonstrate that a learning outcome, or a set of learning outcomes, has been achieved.

Learners must reference the type of evidence they have and where it is available for quality assurance purposes. The learner can enter the relevant key and a reference. Alternatively, the learner and/or centre can devise their own referencing system.

This provides a summary of the assessment methodology to be used for the unit.

The learner should use this box to indicate where the evidence can be obtained eg portfolio page number.

The learner should give the date when the evidence has been provided.

The unit title is accredited on the QCF and this form of words will appear on the learner’s Notification of Performance (NOP).

All units and qualifications within the QCF have a level assigned to them, which represents the level of achievement. There are nine levels of achievement, from Entry level to level 8. The level of the unit has been informed by the QCF level descriptors and, where appropriate, the NOS and/or other sector/professional.

All units have a credit value. The minimum credit value is one, and credits can only be awarded in whole numbers. Learners will be awarded credits when they achieve the unit.

A notional measure of the substance of a qualification. It includes an estimate of the time that might be allocated to direct teaching or instruction, together with other structured learning time, such as directed assignments, assessments on the job or supported individual study and practice. It excludes learner-initiated private study.

This provides a summary of the purpose of the unit.

This code is a unique reference number for the unit.


14


15

Units


16


17

Unit 1: Leading effective teams

Unit reference number: L/600/5389

QCF level: 4

Credit value: 9

Guided learning hours: 25

Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required for leading effective teams, which are involved in carrying out continuous improvement projects. It involves obtaining the appropriate authority and support for the release of resources to carry out team activities, which will include people, work space/work area, documentation and information. The learner will be required to determine and agree individual roles and responsibilities, and to set realistic and achievable goals for both the individuals within the team and the team as a whole. Coaching/mentoring and monitoring the performance of the team will also feature in this unit. They will also be expected to prioritise the work activities to achieve the overall objectives, cost-effectively and efficiently.

Assessment requirements/evidence requirements

This unit must be assessed in a work environment and must be assessed in accordance with the ‘Semta Assessment Strategy’. Detailed information is given in Annexe E.

Unit specific additional assessment requirements:

The word lead/leading is used throughout this unit. This means that although the outcomes of this unit may be carried out and achieved as part of a team, it is necessary for the learner to demonstrate a level of overriding management and direction of the activities as a whole. This may be in the form of coordinating multiple activities, using company strategies and objectives to determine activity focus and managing projects involving improvement initiatives. The learner will have a leading role in controlling activity focus and planning.

Specific quantifiable and auditable personal contributions in the achievement of this unit are also required to fulfil this unit.

Competence in all the areas covered by the standard is required.

The learner’s ability to combine the performance statements specified when applying the principles and processes of this unit must be demonstrated.


18

Assessment methodology

This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

19

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1a

Lead

effec

tive

tea

ms

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

le

ad t

he

act

ivitie

s w

ithin

thei

r are

a of re

sponsi

bili

ty

to incl

ude

all of

the

follo

win

g:

• se

t out

and c

om

munic

ate

the

purp

ose

of th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivitie

s

• in

volv

e th

e te

am in p

lannin

g h

ow

the

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

will

be

ach

ieve

d

• en

sure

eac

h t

eam

mem

ber

has

indiv

idual

obje

ctiv

es a

nd u

nder

stan

ds

how

thes

e obje

ctiv

es c

ontr

ibute

to t

he

ove

rall

impro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

e

• pro

vide

advi

ce a

nd s

upport

the

team

to a

chie

ve

both

tea

m a

nd indiv

idual

im

pro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

es

• m

otiva

te t

he

team

to p

rese

nt

thei

r ow

n

impro

vem

ent

idea

s

• en

coura

ge

the

team

and/o

r in

div

idual

s to

tak

e th

e le

ad w

her

e ap

pro

priat

e

• ag

ree

the

imple

men

tation o

f th

e im

pro

vem

ent

idea

s

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

20

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

neg

otiate

any

phys

ical

and/o

r finan

cial

re

sourc

es r

equired

to im

ple

men

t th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivity

(wher

e appro

priat

e)

• m

onitor

the

pro

gre

ss o

f im

pro

vem

ent

activi

ties

• dea

l w

ith a

ny

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

ble

ms

iden

tified

during t

he

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

1.3

w

ork

in a

ccord

ance

with t

he

role

s an

d

resp

onsi

bili

ties

iden

tified

for

the

team

lea

der

role

1.4

obta

in t

he

auth

ority

and s

upport

for

the

rele

ase

of

the

nec

essa

ry r

esourc

es t

o c

arry

out

the

team

ac

tivi

ties

1.5

ap

pro

ve a

nd,

wher

e ap

pro

priat

e, c

onsu

lt w

ith

colle

agues

in o

rder

to s

ecure

the

rele

ase

of th

e fo

llow

ing r

esourc

es:

• peo

ple

invo

lved

• w

ork

space

/work

are

a re

quired

• docu

men

tation a

nd info

rmation r

equired

1.6

se

t re

alis

tic

and a

chie

vable

goals

and o

bje

ctiv

es for

thei

r te

am,

in a

ccord

ance

with t

he

targ

ets

set

for

them

selv

es o

r fo

r th

e w

ork

are

a/ac

tivi

ty

1.7

ev

alu

ate

and p

rioritise

the

work

act

ivitie

s to

ac

hie

ve t

he

obje

ctiv

es,

cost

-eff

ective

ly a

nd

effici

ently

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

21

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1b

Know

how

to lea

d

effe

ctiv

e te

ams

(continued

)

1.8

dev

elop,

revi

ew a

nd u

pdat

e ac

tion p

lans

whic

h

clea

rly

iden

tify

act

ivitie

s an

d r

esponsi

bili

ties

re

quired

to m

eet

the

team

tar

get

s:

• fo

r th

emse

lves

• fo

r th

e te

am

1.9

det

erm

ine

and a

gre

e in

div

idual

role

s an

d

resp

onsi

bili

ties

, and c

oach

/men

tor

thei

r te

am

, fo

cusi

ng o

n t

he

obje

ctiv

es t

hat

hav

e bee

n s

et

1.1

0

monitor

and r

evie

w t

he

per

form

ance

of th

eir

team

ag

ainst

the

goals

and o

bje

ctiv

es w

hic

h h

ave

bee

n

set,

and c

om

munic

ate

this

to t

he

rele

vant

peo

ple

1.1

1

com

munic

ate

effe

ctiv

ely

with:

• m

anag

emen

t

• pee

rs

• su

bord

inat

es

1.1

2

com

munic

atio

n m

ust

incl

ude:

• ve

rbal

• w

ritt

en

• el

ectr

onic

met

hods

1.1

3

consu

lt w

ith s

ubje

ct s

pec

ialis

ts w

hen

req

uired

, to

gai

n t

he

nec

essa

ry info

rmation t

o s

upport

the

team

goal

s an

d o

bje

ctiv

es

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

22

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1.1

4

dea

l pro

mptly

and e

ffec

tive

ly w

ith a

ny

pro

ble

ms

within

thei

r co

ntr

ol, a

nd r

eport

those

that

can

not

be

reso

lved

2a

Know

how

to lea

d

effe

ctiv

e te

ams

2.1

des

crib

e th

e ro

les

and r

esponsi

bili

ties

of

them

selv

es

and o

ther

s under

the

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty a

t w

ork

act

2.2

ex

pla

in h

ow

to p

lan t

he

reso

urc

es a

nd t

ime

nee

ded

to

car

ry o

ut

the

agre

ed a

ctiv

ity

2.3

des

crib

e th

e busi

nes

s ta

rget

s se

t fo

r th

e le

arner

’s

area

of

resp

onsi

bili

ty,

and h

ow

to s

et p

erso

nal

, in

div

idual

and t

eam

tar

get

s to

ach

ieve

them

(act

ion

pla

nnin

g)

2.4

ex

pla

in h

ow

to p

rioritise

the

learn

er’s

ow

n a

nd t

hei

r te

am’s

work

load

to e

nsu

re t

hat

tar

get

s are

met

2.5

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

om

munic

ate

effe

ctiv

ely,

lis

ten,

ques

tion,

support

and c

oach

oth

ers

to w

ork

tow

ards

the

busi

nes

s ta

rget

s

2.6

ex

pla

in h

ow

to p

rese

nt

info

rmation e

ffec

tive

ly t

o

man

agem

ent,

pee

rs o

r te

am m

ember

s, u

sing

diffe

rent

met

hods

2.7

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

onduct

a t

eam

per

form

ance

rev

iew

an

d h

ow

to invo

lve

the

team

in b

rain

storm

ing

activi

ties

to iden

tify

opport

unitie

s, t

hre

ats

and

solu

tions

2.8

des

crib

e th

e ty

pes

of

conflic

t an

d p

roble

ms

that

mig

ht

emer

ge

bet

wee

n w

ork

act

ivitie

s

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

23

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2b

Know

how

to lea

d

effe

ctiv

e te

ams

(continued

)

2.9

des

crib

e th

e org

anis

ational

pro

cess

es a

nd

pro

cedure

s re

quired

to r

un t

he

lear

ner

’s a

rea

of

resp

onsi

bili

ty e

ffec

tive

ly (

such

as

qualit

y pro

cedure

s, c

ode

of co

nduct

, st

andar

d o

per

atio

ns,

pro

ble

m r

esolu

tion p

roce

dure

s)

2.1

0

des

crib

e th

e im

pro

vem

ent

tools

and t

echniq

ues

bei

ng u

sed in t

he

lear

ner

’s a

rea o

f re

sponsi

bili

ty

(such

as

hourly

count

monitor,

TAKT t

ime,

co

ntinuous

flow

pro

cess

, flex

ible

man

pow

er

syst

ems,

qual

ity

leve

l, d

efec

ts p

er m

illio

n

opport

unitie

s, w

ork

pla

ce o

rgan

isat

ion)

2.1

1

des

crib

e th

e sp

ecia

list

hel

p t

hat

the

lear

ner

may

re

quire

in t

hei

r are

a of re

sponsi

bili

ty,

and h

ow

this

ca

n b

e obta

ined

2.1

2

expla

in h

ow

to s

truct

ure

and lea

d a

tea

m e

vent,

an

d t

he

pre

senta

tion m

ater

ials

and w

ork

docu

men

tation r

equired

2.1

3

expla

in h

ow

to t

rain

oth

ers

in t

he

pro

cess

es a

nd

pro

cedure

s re

leva

nt

to t

hem

, an

d t

he

lear

ner

’s a

rea

of re

sponsi

bili

ty

2.1

4

expla

in h

ow

to m

onitor

and c

hec

k th

at t

he

lear

ner

’s

team

is

work

ing t

o iden

tified

qual

ity

and s

afet

y st

andar

ds

2.1

5

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

e le

arner

’s o

wn a

uth

ority

, an

d t

o w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

in t

he

even

t of

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

24

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


25

Unit 2: Carrying out project management activities

Unit reference number: H/600/5396

QCF level: 4

Credit value: 10


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to carry out project management involved with continuous improvement activities. It involves identifying the need for a project and determining its scope and then developing this into a fully detailed project plan. The learner will be required to form a suitable project team taking into account the technicalities within the project and the individual skills and abilities of the team members. The learner will also be expected to determine and agree the individual roles and responsibilities of the team members and to set realistic and achievable goals for both the individuals within the team and the team as a whole. Obtaining appropriate authority and support for the release of resources to carry out the project is also included and this will include people, work space/work area, documentation and information. Monitoring the performance of the project to ensure that it meets the identified objectives also features in this unit.



Assessment recording

Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

26

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1a

Car

ry o

ut

pro

ject

m

anag

emen

t act

ivitie

s 1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

id

entify

the

nee

d for

the

pro

ject

and d

eter

min

e th

e pro

ject

sco

pe

1.3

dev

elop a

full

pro

ject

pla

n w

hic

h a

ccura

tely

id

entifies

the

pro

ject

aim

s an

d o

bje

ctiv

es

1.4

dev

elop p

roje

ct p

lans

whic

h c

learly

iden

tify

the

follo

win

g:

• fu

ll co

st o

f th

e pro

ject

• tim

esca

le r

equired

for

the

pro

ject

• re

sourc

es r

equired

• in

div

idual

tas

ks w

ithin

the

pro

ject

• m

ilest

ones

and d

eliv

erab

les

to b

e m

et

1.5

fo

rm t

he

pro

ject

tea

m c

om

pri

sing o

f th

e ri

ght

mix

of per

sonnel

to d

eliv

er t

he

pro

ject

obje

ctiv

es

1.6

det

erm

ine

and a

gre

e in

div

idual

role

s an

d

resp

onsi

bili

ties

within

the

pro

ject

tea

m

1.7

dev

elop a

nd m

anag

e a

monitoring p

roce

ss t

o

revi

ew t

he

pro

gre

ss o

f th

e pro

ject

, ad

just

ing t

he

pro

ject

pla

n a

s re

quired

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

27

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1.8

co

nsu

lt w

ith a

ppro

pri

ate

peo

ple

in o

rder

to s

ecure

th

e re

leas

e of th

e fo

llow

ing r

esourc

es:

• peo

ple

invo

lved

• w

ork

space

/work

are

a re

quired

• docu

men

tation a

nd info

rmation r

equired

1b

Car

ry o

ut

pro

ject

m

anag

emen

t act

ivitie

s (c

ontinued

)

1.9

obta

in a

uth

ority

and s

upport

for

the

rele

ase

of th

e nec

essa

ry r

esourc

es t

o c

arry

out

the

pro

ject

1.1

0

conduct

and m

anag

e th

e pro

ject

in a

ccord

ance

with

the

pla

n c

onsu

ltin

g w

ith s

ubje

ct e

xper

ts a

nd

spec

ialis

ts a

ccord

ing t

o t

he

nee

ds

of th

e pro

ject

1.1

1

monitor

the

pro

gre

ss o

f th

e pro

ject

to e

nsu

re:

• th

e pro

ject

obje

ctiv

es w

ill b

e m

et

• del

iver

ed o

n t

ime

• th

e pro

ject

kee

ps

within

budget

• ag

reed

qual

ity

stan

dar

ds

are

met

and

mai

nta

ined

1.1

2

report

pro

ject

pro

gre

ss t

o r

elev

ant

par

ties

at

the

agre

ed s

tages

1.1

3

com

munic

ate

effe

ctiv

ely

with:

• m

anag

emen

t

• pee

rs

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

28

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

pro

ject

tea

m

• cu

stom

ers

1.1

4

com

munic

ate

by

the

follo

win

g m

ethods:

• ve

rbal

• w

ritt

en

• el

ectr

onic

1.1

5

dea

l pro

mptly

and e

ffec

tive

ly w

ith a

ny

pro

ble

ms

within

thei

r co

ntr

ol and r

eport

those

that

can

not

be

reso

lved

1.1

6

report

pro

ject

com

ple

tion a

nd c

losu

re t

o r

elev

ant

per

sonnel

2a

Know

how

to c

arry

out

pro

ject

manag

emen

t ac

tivi

ties

2.1

des

crib

e th

e ro

les

and r

esponsi

bili

ties

of

them

selv

es

and o

ther

s under

the

Hea

lth a

nd S

afe

ty a

t W

ork

Act

1974

2.2

ex

pla

in h

ow

to iden

tify

the

pro

ject

sco

pe

to

det

erm

ine

the

nee

d for

a full

pro

ject

pla

n a

nd

man

agem

ent

appro

val

2.3

ex

pla

in h

ow

to d

evel

op s

pec

ific

, m

easu

rable

, re

alis

tic

pro

ject

obje

ctiv

es a

nd d

eliv

erable

s,

allo

win

g p

rogre

ss t

o b

e m

onitore

d a

nd m

easu

red

2.4

des

crib

e th

e to

ols

and t

echniq

ues

ava

ilable

for

pro

ject

pla

nnin

g a

nd m

onitoring

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

29

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.5

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

om

munic

ate

effe

ctiv

ely,

lis

ten a

nd

ques

tion,

pro

vide

feed

bac

k, s

upport

and c

oac

h

oth

ers

2.6

ex

pla

in h

ow

to b

reak

the

pro

ject

dow

n into

in

div

idual

del

iver

able

tas

ks

2.7

ex

pla

in h

ow

to f

orm

and d

evel

op t

he

pro

ject

tea

m

required

to m

eet

the

iden

tified

obje

ctiv

es

2.8

ex

pla

in h

ow

to a

lloca

te s

pec

ific

tas

ks a

nd

resp

onsi

bili

ties

to t

he

pro

ject

tea

m m

ember

s ac

cord

ing t

o indiv

idual sk

ills

and a

bili

ties

2b

Know

how

to c

arry

out

pro

ject

manag

emen

t ac

tivi

ties

(co

ntinued

)

2.9

ex

pla

in h

ow

to d

eter

min

e th

e sp

ecia

list

hel

p t

he

lear

ner

may

require

in t

he

pro

ject

, an

d h

ow

this

ca

n b

e obta

ined

2.1

0

expla

in h

ow

to c

onduct

a p

roje

ct m

eeting

2.1

1

expla

in h

ow

to p

rese

nt

info

rmation e

ffec

tive

ly t

o

man

agem

ent,

pee

rs,

team

mem

ber

s an

d c

ust

om

ers

2.1

2

expla

in h

ow

to s

olv

e pro

ble

ms

and o

verc

om

e bar

rier

s/difficu

ltie

s en

counte

red d

uring t

he

life

of

the

pro

ject

2.1

3

expla

in w

ho t

o lia

ise

with a

nd w

ho t

o o

bta

in

rele

vant

and s

pec

ific

info

rmat

ion fro

m t

o s

upport

an

d a

ssis

t th

e le

arner

in r

unnin

g t

he

pro

ject

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

30

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.1

4

expla

in h

ow

to m

onitor

pro

gre

ss o

f th

e pro

ject

in

term

s of del

iver

y on t

ime,

to b

udget

, w

ith a

gre

ed

leve

ls o

f qual

ity

2.1

5

expla

in h

ow

to r

eport

pro

ject

clo

sure

, co

mple

tion

and fin

al s

tatu

s to

man

agem

ent,

tea

ms

and

cust

om

ers

2.1

6

expla

in h

ow

to a

gre

e lim

its

of th

e le

arn

er’s

ow

n

auth

ority

within

the

scope

of

the

pro

ject

and h

ow

to

iden

tify

, outs

ide

of th

eir

auth

ori

ty a

rea,

whom

they

sh

ould

rep

ort

to in t

he

even

t of

enco

unte

ring

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


31

Unit 3: Complying with statutory regulations and organisational safety requirements

Unit reference number: A/601/5013

QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to deal with statutory regulations and organisational safety requirements. It does not deal with specific safety regulations or detailed requirements. It does, however, cover the more general health and safety requirements that apply to working in an industrial environment.

The learner will be expected to comply with all relevant regulations that apply to their area of work, as well as their general responsibilities as defined in the Health and Safety at Work Act. The learner will need to be able to identify the relevant qualified first aiders and know the location of the first aid facilities. The learner will have a knowledge and understanding of the procedures to be adopted in the case of accidents involving injury and in situations where there are dangerous occurrences or hazardous malfunctions of equipment, processes or machinery. The learner will also need to be fully conversant with their organisation’s procedures for fire alerts and the evacuation of premises.

The learner will also be required to identify the hazards and risks that are associated with their job. Typically, these will focus on their working environment, the tools and equipment that they use, the materials and substances that they use, any working practices that do not follow laid-down procedures, and manual lifting and carrying techniques.





N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

32

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Com

ply

with s

tatu

tory

re

gula

tions

and

org

anis

atio

nal

safe

ty

requirem

ents

1.1

co

mply

with t

hei

r duties

and o

blig

atio

ns

as d

efin

ed

in t

he

Hea

lth a

nd S

afet

y at

Work

Act

1.2

dem

onst

rate

thei

r under

stan

din

g o

f th

eir

duties

and

oblig

ations

to h

ealth a

nd s

afe

ty b

y:

• ap

ply

ing in p

rinci

ple

thei

r duties

and

resp

onsi

bili

ties

as

an indiv

idual

under

the

Hea

lth a

nd S

afet

y at

Work

Act

• id

entify

ing,

within

thei

r org

anis

atio

n,

appro

priat

e so

urc

es o

f in

form

atio

n a

nd

guid

ance

on h

ealth a

nd s

afe

ty iss

ues

, su

ch a

s:

− ey

e pro

tect

ion a

nd p

erso

nal pro

tect

ive

equip

men

t (P

PE)

− CO

SH

H r

egula

tions

− risk

ass

essm

ents

• id

entify

ing t

he

warn

ing s

igns

and lab

els

of th

e m

ain g

roups

of haza

rdous

or

dan

ger

ous

subst

ance

s

• co

mply

ing w

ith t

he

appro

priat

e st

atuto

ry

regula

tions

at a

ll tim

es

1.3

pre

sent

them

selv

es in t

he

work

pla

ce s

uitably

pre

par

ed f

or

the

activi

ties

to b

e under

take

n

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

33

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1.4

fo

llow

org

anis

atio

nal

acc

iden

t and e

mer

gen

cy

pro

cedure

s

1.5

co

mply

with e

mer

gen

cy r

equirem

ents

, to

incl

ude:

• id

entify

ing t

he

appro

priat

e qual

ifie

d first

aid

ers

and t

he

loca

tion o

f firs

t ai

d faci

litie

s

• id

entify

ing t

he

pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

in t

he

even

t of

inju

ry t

o t

hem

selv

es o

r oth

ers

• fo

llow

ing o

rgan

isational

pro

cedure

s in

the

even

t of

fire

and t

he

evacu

ation o

f pre

mis

es

• id

entify

ing t

he

pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

in t

he

even

t of dan

ger

ous

occ

urr

ence

s or

haz

ard

ous

mal

funct

ions

of eq

uip

men

t

1.6

re

cognis

e an

d c

ontr

ol haz

ard

s in

the

work

pla

ce

1.7

id

entify

the

haz

ards

and r

isks

that

are

ass

oci

ated

w

ith t

he

follo

win

g:

• th

eir

work

ing e

nvi

ronm

ent

• th

e eq

uip

men

t th

at t

hey

use

• m

ater

ials

and s

ubst

ance

s (w

her

e ap

pro

priat

e)

that

they

use

• w

ork

ing p

ract

ices

that

do n

ot

follo

w laid

-dow

n

pro

cedure

s

1.8

use

corr

ect

man

ual lif

ting a

nd c

arry

ing t

echniq

ues

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

34

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1.9

dem

onst

rate

one

of th

e fo

llow

ing m

ethods

of

man

ual

lifting a

nd c

arr

ying:

• lif

ting a

lone

• w

ith a

ssis

tance

of

oth

ers

• w

ith m

echan

ical

ass

ista

nce

1.1

0

apply

safe

work

ing p

ract

ices

and p

roce

dure

s to

in

clude:

• m

ainta

inin

g a

tid

y w

ork

pla

ce,

with e

xits

and

gan

gw

ays

free

fro

m o

bst

ruct

ion

• usi

ng e

quip

men

t sa

fely

and o

nly

for

the

purp

ose

inte

nded

• obse

rvin

g o

rgan

isat

ional

safe

ty r

ule

s, s

igns

and

haz

ard w

arn

ings

• ta

king m

easu

res

to p

rote

ct o

ther

s fr

om

any

har

m r

esultin

g f

rom

the

work

that

they

are

ca

rryi

ng o

ut

2

Know

how

to c

om

ply

with

stat

uto

ry r

egula

tions

and

org

anis

atio

nal

safe

ty

requirem

ents

2.1

des

crib

e th

e ro

les

and r

esponsi

bili

ties

of

them

selv

es

and o

ther

s under

the

Hea

lth a

nd S

afe

ty a

t W

ork

Act

, an

d o

ther

curr

ent

legis

lation (

such

as

The

Man

agem

ent

of

Hea

lth a

nd S

afet

y at

Work

Reg

ula

tions,

Work

pla

ce H

ealth a

nd S

afe

ty a

nd

Wel

fare

Reg

ula

tions,

Per

sonal

Pro

tect

ive

Equip

men

t at

Work

Reg

ula

tions,

Man

ual

Han

dlin

g O

per

atio

ns

Reg

ula

tions,

Pro

visi

on a

nd U

se o

f W

ork

Equip

men

t

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

35

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

Reg

ula

tions,

Dis

pla

y Scr

een a

t W

ork

Reg

ula

tions,

Rep

ort

ing o

f In

juries

, D

isea

ses

and D

anger

ous

Occ

urr

ence

s Reg

ula

tions)

2.2

des

crib

e th

e sp

ecific

reg

ula

tions

and s

afe

work

ing

pra

ctic

es a

nd p

roce

dure

s th

at a

pply

to t

hei

r w

ork

ac

tivi

ties

2.3

des

crib

e th

e w

arnin

g s

igns

for

the

seve

n m

ain

gro

ups

of

haz

ardous

subst

ance

s def

ined

by

Cla

ssific

atio

n,

Pack

agin

g a

nd L

abel

ling o

f D

anger

ous

Subst

ance

s Reg

ula

tions

2.4

ex

pla

in h

ow

to loca

te r

elev

ant

hea

lth a

nd s

afet

y in

form

atio

n for

thei

r ta

sks,

and t

he

sourc

es o

f ex

per

t ass

ista

nce

when

hel

p is

nee

ded

2.5

ex

pla

in w

hat

const

itute

s a

haz

ard

in t

he

work

pla

ce

(such

as

movi

ng p

arts

of m

achin

ery,

ele

ctrici

ty,

slip

per

y an

d u

nev

en s

urf

aces

, poorly

pla

ced

equip

men

t, d

ust

and f

um

es,

handlin

g a

nd

tran

sport

ing,

conta

min

ants

and irr

itan

ts,

mat

eria

l ej

ection,

fire

, w

ork

ing a

t hei

ght,

envi

ronm

ent,

pre

ssure

/sto

red e

ner

gy

syst

ems,

vola

tile

, flam

mab

le o

r to

xic

mat

eria

ls,

unsh

ield

ed p

roce

sses

, w

ork

ing in c

onfined

spac

es)

2.6

des

crib

e th

eir

resp

onsi

bili

ties

for

iden

tify

ing a

nd

dea

ling w

ith h

azar

ds

and r

educi

ng r

isks

in t

he

work

pla

ce

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

36

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.7

des

crib

e th

e risk

s ass

oci

ated

with t

hei

r w

ork

ing

envi

ronm

ent

(such

as

the

tools

, m

ater

ials

and

equip

men

t th

at t

hey

use

, sp

illages

of oil,

chem

ical

s an

d o

ther

subst

ance

s, n

ot

report

ing a

ccid

enta

l bre

akages

of to

ols

or

equip

men

t an

d n

ot

follo

win

g

laid

-dow

n w

ork

ing p

ract

ices

and p

roce

dure

s)

2.8

des

crib

e th

e pro

cess

es a

nd p

roce

dure

s th

at

are

use

d t

o iden

tify

and r

ate

the

leve

l of ri

sk (

such

as

safe

ty insp

ections,

the

use

of haz

ard c

hec

klis

ts,

carr

ying o

ut

risk

ass

essm

ents

, CO

SH

H

asse

ssm

ents

)

2.9

des

crib

e th

e firs

t ai

d f

acili

ties

that

exi

st w

ithin

thei

r w

ork

are

a a

nd w

ithin

the

org

anis

atio

n in g

ener

al

and t

he

pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

in t

he

case

of

acci

den

ts invo

lvin

g inju

ry

2.1

0

expla

in w

hat

const

itute

dan

ger

ous

occ

urr

ence

s an

d

haz

ardous

mal

funct

ions,

and w

hy

thes

e m

ust

be

report

ed e

ven if no o

ne

is inju

red

2.1

1

des

crib

e th

e pro

cedure

s fo

r so

undin

g t

he

emer

gen

cy a

larm

s, e

vacu

atio

n p

roce

dure

s an

d

esca

pe

route

s to

be

use

d,

and t

he

nee

d t

o r

eport

th

eir

pre

sence

at

the

appro

priat

e as

sem

bly

poin

t

2.1

2

des

crib

e th

e org

anis

ational

polic

y w

ith r

egar

d t

o fire

fighting p

roce

dure

s: t

he

com

mon c

ause

s of

fire

and

what

they

can

do t

o h

elp p

reve

nt

them

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

37

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.1

3

des

crib

e th

e pro

tect

ive

cloth

ing a

nd e

quip

men

t th

at

is a

vaila

ble

for

thei

r are

as

of

act

ivity

2.1

4

expla

in h

ow

to s

afel

y lif

t an

d c

arr

y lo

ads,

and t

he

man

ual

and m

echan

ical

aid

s ava

ilable

2.1

5

expla

in h

ow

to p

repare

and m

ainta

in s

afe

work

ing

area

s an

d t

he

stan

dard

s an

d p

roce

dure

s to

ensu

re

good h

ouse

keep

ing

2.1

6

des

crib

e th

e im

port

ance

of

safe

sto

rage

of

tools

, eq

uip

men

t, m

ater

ials

and p

roduct

s

2.1

7

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

, an

d t

o

whom

they

should

rep

ort

in t

he

even

t of

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

38


39

Unit 4: Leading workplace organisation activities

Unit reference number: F/600/5406

QCF level: 4

Credit value: 10


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to lead the application of a systemic approach to continuously making improvements to the workplace organisation. It involves leading the activities that apply the principles and processes of workplace organisation (such as 5S or 5C). The learner will need to set standards and guidelines for the work area and its activity to determine where information, materials, tools and/or equipment are missing or require a new location and what improvements to the area or activity could be made. The learner will be expected to lead the production and/or updating of standard operating procedures and visual controls for the work area, which could cover such things as producing shadow boards to standardise the storage and location of area equipment, colour coding of equipment, cleaning and maintenance of equipment, production operations, and health and safety. The overall objective of the activity will be to make measurable improvements to the workplace organisation.




The word lead is used throughout this unit. This means that although the outcomes of this unit may be carried out and achieved as part of a team, it is necessary for the learner to demonstrate a level of overriding management and direction of the activities as a whole. This may be in the form of coordinating multiple activities, using company strategies and objectives to determine activity focus and managing projects involving improvement initiatives. The learner will have a leading role in controlling activity focus and planning.




40




N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

41

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1a

Lead

work

pla

ce

org

anis

atio

n a

ctiv

itie

s 1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

le

ad t

he

act

ivitie

s w

ithin

the

learn

er’s

are

a o

f re

sponsi

bili

ty t

o incl

ude

all of th

e fo

llow

ing:

• se

t out

and c

om

munic

ate

the

purp

ose

of th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivitie

s

• in

volv

e th

e te

am in p

lannin

g h

ow

the

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

will

be

ach

ieve

d

• en

sure

eac

h t

eam

mem

ber

has

indiv

idual

obje

ctiv

es a

nd u

nder

stan

ds

how

thes

e obje

ctiv

es c

ontr

ibute

to t

he

ove

rall

impro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

e

• pro

vide

advi

ce a

nd s

upport

the

team

to a

chie

ve

both

tea

m a

nd indiv

idual

im

pro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

es

• m

otiva

te t

he

team

to p

rese

nt

thei

r ow

n

impro

vem

ent

idea

s

• en

coura

ge

the

team

and/o

r in

div

idual

s to

tak

e th

e le

ad w

her

e ap

pro

priat

e

• ag

ree

the

imple

men

tation o

f th

e im

pro

vem

ent

idea

s

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

42

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

neg

otiate

any

phys

ical

and/o

r finan

cial

re

sourc

es r

equired

to im

ple

men

t th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivity

(wher

e appro

priat

e)

• m

onitor

the

pro

gre

ss o

f im

pro

vem

ent

activi

ties

• dea

l w

ith a

ny

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

ble

ms

iden

tified

during t

he

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

1.3

le

ad t

he

act

ivitie

s th

at

apply

the

princi

ple

s an

d

pro

cess

of

work

pla

ce o

rgan

isat

ion w

ithin

the

work

ar

eas,

and e

stab

lish t

he

area

sco

res

1.4

se

t st

andard

s an

d g

uid

elin

es for

situ

atio

ns

wher

e in

form

atio

n,

reso

urc

es o

r eq

uip

men

t is

mis

sing o

r is

in

surp

lus

and w

her

e im

pro

vem

ents

can

be

mad

e

1.5

le

ad t

he

team

act

ivitie

s th

at m

ake

im

pro

vem

ents

to

work

pla

ce o

rgan

isat

ion

1b

Lead

work

pla

ce

org

anis

atio

n a

ctiv

itie

s (c

ontinued

)

1.6

le

ad t

he

pro

duct

ion a

nd/o

r updating o

f st

andar

d

oper

atio

n p

roce

dure

s an

d v

isual

contr

ols

that

ev

eryo

ne

work

s to

within

the

are

a

1.7

le

ad t

he

pro

duct

ion a

nd/o

r updating o

f st

andar

d

oper

atio

n p

roce

dure

s w

hic

h c

ove

r th

ree

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

• cl

eanin

g o

f eq

uip

men

t/w

ork

are

a

• m

ainte

nan

ce o

f eq

uip

men

t

• hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty

• pro

cess

pro

cedure

s

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

43

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

man

ufa

cturing o

per

atio

ns/

work

ing p

roce

sses

• qual

ity

syst

ems

• re

gula

tory

com

plia

nce

sys

tem

1.8

le

ad t

he

pro

duct

ion a

nd/o

r updating o

f ch

anges

to

visu

al co

ntr

ols

, w

hic

h c

ove

r th

ree

of

the

follo

win

g:

• pro

duci

ng s

had

ow

boar

ds

or

an a

lter

nat

ive

(such

as

label

led r

ack

ing a

nd s

tora

ge

syst

ems

to s

tandar

dis

e th

e st

ora

ge

and loca

tion o

f ar

ea

reso

urc

es a

nd/o

r eq

uip

men

t

• co

lour

codin

g

• lin

e st

atus

syst

ems

(such

as

line,

pro

cess

sy

stem

)

• sk

ills

matr

ix

• per

form

ance

mea

sure

s

• pro

cess

contr

ol boar

ds

• im

pro

vem

ent

syst

ems

• pla

nnin

g s

yste

ms

1.9

m

ake

mea

sura

ble

im

pro

vem

ents

to t

he

work

pla

ce

org

anis

atio

n

2a

Know

how

to lea

d

work

pla

ce o

rgan

isat

ion

activi

ties

2.1

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

lea

din

g t

he

work

pla

ce

org

anis

atio

n a

ctiv

ity

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

44

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.2

ex

pla

in h

ow

to p

lan t

he

reso

urc

es a

nd t

ime

nee

ded

to

car

ry o

ut

the

agre

ed a

ctiv

ity

2.3

des

crib

e th

e fa

ctors

to b

e co

nsi

der

ed w

hen

se

lect

ing a

work

are

a for

an a

ctiv

ity

(to incl

ude:

cl

eanlin

ess,

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty,

pro

duct

qualit

y,

equip

men

t an

d o

rgan

isat

ion)

2.4

ex

pla

in h

ow

to p

lan t

he

reso

urc

es a

nd t

ime

nee

ded

to

car

ry o

ut

the

agre

ed a

ctiv

ity

2.5

des

crib

e th

e pro

cedure

use

d t

o iden

tify

and a

ddre

ss

surp

lus

or

mis

sing e

quip

men

t or

reso

urc

es (

such

as

carr

ying o

ut

a ‘red

tag

gin

g’ ex

erci

se)

2.6

ex

pla

in h

ow

to a

rran

ge

and lab

el t

he

nec

essa

ry

reso

urc

es o

r eq

uip

men

t fo

r ra

pid

iden

tifica

tion a

nd

acce

ss

2b

Know

how

to lea

d

work

pla

ce o

rgan

isat

ion

activi

ties

(co

ntinued

)

2.7

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

orr

elat

e in

form

atio

n t

o c

reat

e or

updat

e st

andar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s or

oth

er

appro

ved d

ocu

men

tation

2.8

ex

pla

in h

ow

to e

valu

ate

and p

rioritise

the

impro

vem

ents

req

uired

for

the

work

pla

ce

2.9

ex

pla

in h

ow

to s

core

and a

udit t

he

work

pla

ce

org

anis

atio

n

2.1

0

des

crib

e th

e te

chniq

ues

req

uired

to c

om

munic

ate

info

rmat

ion u

sing v

isual

contr

ol sy

stem

s (s

uch

as

shad

ow

boar

ds,

per

form

ance

char

ts,

KPI

s)

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

45

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.1

1

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

e le

arner

’s o

wn a

uth

ority

, an

d t

o w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

in t

he

even

t of

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

46


47

Unit 5: Leading continuous improvement (Kaizen) activities

Unit reference number: M/600/5420

QCF level: 4

Credit value: 14


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required for leading continuous improvement (Kaizen) activities in the workplace. It involves approving the plan for the Kaizen process for the agreed work area/activity, to include plan, do, check, act, and to agree quantifiable objectives and targets for the improvement activity. The activities undertaken will include the identification of all forms of waste, and problems or conditions within the work area or activity where improvements can be made. The learner will need to focus on leading the improvement activities which would give business benefits such as reduced product cost, increased capacity and/or flexibility, improved safety, improved regulatory compliance, improved quality, improved customer service, improvements to working practices and procedures, reduction in lead time and reduction/elimination of waste.









48



N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

49

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1a

Lead

continuous

impro

vem

ent

(Kaiz

en)

activi

ties

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

le

ad t

he

act

ivitie

s w

ithin

the

learn

er’s

are

a o

f re

sponsi

bili

ty t

o incl

ude

all of th

e fo

llow

ing:

• se

t out

and c

om

munic

ate

the

purp

ose

of th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivitie

s

• in

volv

e th

e te

am in p

lannin

g h

ow

the

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

will

be

ach

ieve

d

• en

sure

eac

h t

eam

mem

ber

has

indiv

idual

obje

ctiv

es a

nd u

nder

stan

ds

how

thes

e obje

ctiv

es c

ontr

ibute

to t

he

ove

rall

impro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

e

• pro

vide

advi

ce a

nd s

upport

the

team

to a

chie

ve

both

tea

m a

nd indiv

idual

im

pro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

es

• m

otiva

te t

he

team

to p

rese

nt

thei

r ow

n

impro

vem

ent

idea

s

• en

coura

ge

the

team

and/o

r in

div

idual

s to

tak

e th

e le

ad w

her

e ap

pro

priat

e

• ag

ree

the

imple

men

tation o

f th

e im

pro

vem

ent

idea

s

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

50

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

neg

otiate

any

phys

ical

and/o

r finan

cial

re

sourc

es r

equired

to im

ple

men

t th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivity

(wher

e appro

priat

e)

• m

onitor

the

pro

gre

ss o

f im

pro

vem

ent

activi

ties

• dea

l w

ith a

ny

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

ble

ms

iden

tified

during t

he

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

1.3

ap

pro

ve t

he

pla

n for

the

Kai

zen p

roce

ss t

o t

he

agre

ed w

ork

are

a/act

ivity

to incl

ude

pla

n,

do,

chec

k, a

ct

1.4

ag

ree

obje

ctiv

es a

nd t

arget

s fo

r th

e ka

izen

act

ivity

1.5

le

ad t

he

carr

ying o

ut

of th

e Kaiz

en a

ctiv

ity

within

th

e ch

ose

n w

ork

are

a/a

ctiv

ity

1.6

co

nfirm

wast

e, p

roble

ms

or

conditio

ns

within

the

work

are

a o

r act

ivity

and d

iscu

ss a

nd e

valu

ate

what

im

pro

vem

ents

can

be

mad

e

1.7

co

nfirm

and lea

d im

pro

vem

ents

within

the

work

ing

area

/act

ivity

whic

h c

ove

r th

ree

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

• re

duct

ion in c

ost

• im

pro

ved h

ealth,

safe

ty a

nd/o

r w

ork

ing

envi

ronm

ent

• im

pro

ved q

ual

ity

• im

pro

ved r

egula

tory

com

plia

nce

• im

pro

vem

ents

to w

ork

ing p

ract

ices

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

51

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

reduct

ion in lea

d t

ime

• re

duct

ion in w

aste

and/o

r en

ergy

usa

ge

• im

pro

ved c

ust

om

er s

ervi

ce

• im

pro

ved r

esourc

e utilis

atio

n

1.8

le

ad a

str

uct

ure

d w

ast

e el

imin

ation a

ctiv

ity,

bas

ed

on t

he

iden

tified

wast

es,

pro

ble

ms

or

conditio

ns

1.9

le

ad t

he

pro

duct

ion o

f an

d a

ppro

ve c

han

ges

to

stan

dar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s (S

OPs)

, or

oth

er

appro

ved d

ocu

men

tation t

hat

will

sust

ain t

he

impro

vem

ents

res

ultin

g fro

m t

he

Kai

zen a

ctiv

ity

1b

Lead

continuous

impro

vem

ent

(Kaiz

en)

activi

ties

(co

ntinued

)

1.1

0

confirm

and lea

d im

pro

vem

ents

, w

hic

h c

ove

r th

ree

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

• cl

eanin

g o

f eq

uip

men

t or

work

are

a

• m

ainte

nan

ce o

f eq

uip

men

t

• hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty

• pro

cess

pro

cedure

s

• m

anufa

cturing o

per

atio

ns

or

work

are

a oper

atio

ns

• qual

ity

syst

em

• re

gula

tory

com

plia

nce

sys

tem

s

1.1

1

agre

e ca

lcula

ted m

easu

res

of per

form

ance

for

qual

ity,

cost

and d

eliv

ery

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

52

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1.1

2

agre

e ca

lcula

tions

for

one

of th

e fo

llow

ing q

ual

ity

mea

sure

s:

• not

right

firs

t tim

e (a

s a p

erce

nta

ge

or

as

par

ts

per

mill

ion (

PPM

))

• co

mpan

y-sp

ecific

qualit

y m

easu

re

1.1

3

agre

e ca

lcula

tions

for

one

of

the

follo

win

g

mea

sure

s:

• del

iver

y sc

hed

ule

ach

ieve

men

t

• co

mpan

y-sp

ecific

del

iver

y or

serv

ice

mea

sure

1.1

4

agre

e ca

lcula

tions

for

one

of

the

follo

win

g c

ost

m

easu

res:

• par

ts p

er o

per

ator

hour

(PPO

H)

• pro

duct

ion v

olu

me

• va

lue

added

per

per

son (

VAPP)

• ove

rall

equip

men

t ef

fect

iven

ess

(OEE)

• st

ock

turn

s

• floor

spac

e utiliz

atio

n (

FSU

)

• co

st b

reak

dow

n (

such

as

labour,

mat

eria

l,

ener

gy

and o

verh

ead)

• co

mpan

y-sp

ecific

cost

mea

sure

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

53

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1.1

5

appro

ve t

he

calc

ula

tions

and lea

d t

he

dev

elopm

ent

of a v

isual

rep

rese

nta

tion o

f th

e optim

um

res

ourc

es

required

for

a pro

cess

bas

ed o

n c

ust

om

er d

eman

d

1.1

6

eval

uat

e co

mpar

isons

of th

e ag

reed

work

ar

ea/a

ctiv

ity

bef

ore

and a

fter

the

kaiz

en a

ctiv

ity

to

confirm

im

pro

vem

ents

usi

ng k

ey p

erfo

rmance

in

dic

ato

rs

1.1

7

show

busi

nes

s im

pro

vem

ents

, usi

ng o

ne

of th

e fo

llow

ing k

ey p

erfo

rman

ce indic

ators

:

• not

right

firs

t tim

e (a

s a p

erce

nta

ge

or

as

par

ts

per

mill

ion (

PPM

))

• co

mpan

y-sp

ecific

qualit

y m

easu

re

• del

iver

y sc

hed

ule

ach

ieve

men

t

• co

mpan

y-sp

ecific

del

iver

y m

easu

re

• par

ts p

er o

per

ator

hour

(PPO

H)

• pro

duct

ion v

olu

me

• va

lue

added

per

per

son (

VAPP)

• ove

rall

equip

men

t ef

fect

iven

ess

(OEE)

• st

ock

turn

s

• floor

spac

e utiliz

atio

n (

FSU

)

• co

st b

reak

dow

n (

such

as

labour,

mat

eria

l,

ener

gy

and o

verh

eads)

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

54

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

com

pan

y-sp

ecific

cost

mea

sure

2a

Know

how

to lea

d

continuous

impro

vem

ent

(Kai

zen)

act

ivitie

s

2.1

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

lea

din

g t

he

kaiz

en a

ctiv

ity

2.2

ex

pla

in h

ow

a w

ork

are

a/ac

tivi

ty is

sele

cted

for

the

Kai

zen a

ctiv

ity

2.3

ex

pla

in h

ow

to p

lan t

he

reso

urc

es a

nd t

ime

nee

ded

to

car

ry o

ut

the

agre

ed a

ctiv

ity

2.4

des

crib

e th

e princi

ple

s fo

r th

e dep

loym

ent

of Kai

zen

(such

as

wher

e a c

ulture

focu

ses

on s

ust

ained

co

ntinuous

impro

vem

ent,

aim

ing a

t el

imin

atin

g

was

te in a

ll sy

stem

s an

d p

roce

sses

in t

he

org

anis

atio

n a

nd s

upply

chai

n)

2.5

des

crib

e th

e ei

ght

wast

es (

ove

r-pro

duct

ion,

inve

nto

ry,

tran

sport

, ove

r-pro

cess

ing,

wai

ting t

ime,

oper

ator

motion,

bad q

ual

ity,

fai

lure

to e

xplo

it

hum

an p

ote

ntial

) and h

ow

to e

limin

ate

them

2.6

ex

pla

in p

roble

m s

olv

ing a

nd r

oot

cause

anal

ysis

2.7

des

crib

e th

e im

port

ance

of under

stan

din

g t

he

pro

cess

/act

ivity

under

rev

iew

, and h

ow

this

will

af

fect

the

qual

ity

of

the

pro

ble

m s

olv

ing

2.8

des

crib

e th

e ap

plic

ation o

f th

e D

emin

g c

ycle

(pla

n,

do,

chec

k, a

ct)

2.9

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

arry

out

a K

aize

n a

ctiv

ity

and

esta

blis

h m

easu

rable

im

pro

vem

ents

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

55

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.1

0

expla

in h

ow

to d

istinguis

h fact

s fr

om

opin

ions

in

ord

er t

o iden

tify

im

pro

vem

ent

act

ions

2.1

1

expla

in h

ow

im

pro

vem

ents

to t

he

pro

cess

are

ac

hie

ved b

y en

gagin

g t

he

know

ledge

and

exper

ience

of th

e peo

ple

invo

lved

in t

he

pro

cess

2b

Know

how

to lea

d

continuous

impro

vem

ent

(Kai

zen)

act

ivitie

s (c

ontinued

)

2.1

2

expla

in h

ow

to e

nco

ura

ge

peo

ple

to iden

tify

pote

ntial

im

pro

vem

ents

2.1

3

expla

in h

ow

to e

valu

ate

impro

vem

ent

idea

s in

ord

er

to s

elec

t th

ose

that

are

to b

e purs

ued

2.1

4

expla

in h

ow

to s

et q

uan

tifiab

le t

arget

s an

d

obje

ctiv

es

2.1

5

expla

in h

ow

to p

roduce

/pro

pose

the

crea

tion o

f, o

r ch

anges

to,

stan

dard

oper

atin

g p

roce

dure

s (s

ops)

or

oth

er a

ppro

ved d

ocu

men

tation

2.1

6

des

crib

e th

e te

chniq

ues

use

d t

o v

isually

co

mm

unic

ate

the

work

of

the

Kai

zen a

ctiv

ity

to

par

tici

pan

ts a

nd o

ther

s

2.1

7

des

crib

e th

e ap

plic

ation o

f th

e busi

nes

s’ k

ey

mea

sure

s of

com

pet

itiv

enes

s (s

uch

as

the

form

er

DTI’s

seve

n m

easu

res:

del

iver

ed r

ight

firs

t tim

e,

del

iver

y sc

hed

ule

ach

ieve

men

t, p

eople

pro

duct

ivity,

st

ock

turn

s, o

vera

ll eq

uip

men

t ef

fect

iven

ess,

val

ue

added

per

per

son,

floor

spac

e utilis

atio

n)

2.1

8

expla

in h

ow

the

cycl

e tim

e of a p

roce

ss c

an b

e def

ined

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

56

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.1

9

how

to c

alc

ula

te t

he

required

pro

duct

ion r

ate

for

a

pro

cess

by

usi

ng a

calc

ula

tion (

such

as

Tak

t Tim

e)

2.2

0

expla

in h

ow

to c

alcu

late

the

optim

al r

esourc

es

(such

as

peo

ple

, eq

uip

men

t, f

acili

ties

and

mat

eria

ls)

required

for

a pro

cess

bas

ed o

n

cust

om

er d

eman

d

2.2

1

des

crib

e th

e te

chniq

ues

use

d t

o d

istr

ibute

work

co

nte

nt

to b

alan

ce c

ycle

tim

es t

o t

he

rate

of

cust

om

er d

eman

d,

and h

ow

to v

isually

rep

rese

nt

it

(eg lin

e bala

nce

and p

roce

ss d

ispla

ys)

2.2

2

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

e le

arner

’s o

wn a

uth

ority

, an

d t

o w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

to in t

he

even

t of

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


57

Unit 6: Leading the development of visual management systems


QCF level: 4

Credit value: 9


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required for leading the development of visual management systems. It involves discussing and justifying the appropriate parts of the process or work area that will have visual controls and agree the key performance indicators which are to be displayed in the work area. The learner will also be required to monitor the effectiveness of the visual management system and to check the quality of the information that is being displayed.









58



N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

59

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1a

Lead t

he

dev

elopm

ent

of

visu

al m

anag

emen

t sy

stem

s

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

le

ad t

he

act

ivitie

s w

ithin

thei

r are

a of re

sponsi

bili

ty

to incl

ude

all of

the

follo

win

g:

• se

t out

and c

om

munic

ate

the

purp

ose

of th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivitie

s

• in

volv

e th

e te

am in p

lannin

g h

ow

the

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

will

be

ach

ieve

d

• en

sure

eac

h t

eam

mem

ber

has

indiv

idual

obje

ctiv

es a

nd u

nder

stan

ds

how

thes

e obje

ctiv

es c

ontr

ibute

to t

he

ove

rall

impro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

e

• pro

vide

advi

ce a

nd s

upport

the

team

to a

chie

ve

both

tea

m a

nd indiv

idual

im

pro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

es

• m

otiva

te t

he

team

to p

rese

nt

thei

r ow

n

impro

vem

ent

idea

s

• en

coura

ge

the

team

and/o

r in

div

idual

s to

tak

e th

e le

ad w

her

e ap

pro

priat

e

• ag

ree

the

imple

men

tation o

f th

e im

pro

vem

ent

idea

s

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

60

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

neg

otiate

any

phys

ical

and/o

r finan

cial

re

sourc

es r

equired

to im

ple

men

t th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivity

(wher

e appro

priat

e)

• m

onitor

the

pro

gre

ss o

f im

pro

vem

ent

activi

ties

• dea

l w

ith a

ny

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

ble

ms

iden

tified

during t

he

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

1.3

co

nsi

der

and just

ify

the

appro

priat

e par

ts o

f th

e pro

cess

or

work

are

a th

at w

ill h

ave

visu

al c

ontr

ols

1.4

ap

pro

ve a

nd lea

d t

he

maki

ng o

f ch

anges

to v

isual

m

anag

emen

t sy

stem

s

1b

Lead t

he

dev

elopm

ent

of

visu

al m

anag

emen

t sy

stem

s (c

ontinued

)

1.5

ag

ree

the

key

per

form

ance

indic

ators

that

will

be

dis

pla

yed in t

he

work

are

a

1.6

le

ad t

he

pro

duct

ion o

f, a

nd a

ppro

ve c

han

ges

to,

stan

dar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s (S

OPs)

and v

isual

co

ntr

ols

that

eve

ryone

work

s to

, w

ithin

the

area

1.7

le

ad t

he

crea

tion a

nd u

pdat

ing o

f vi

sual

m

anag

emen

t sy

stem

s th

at

pro

mote

six

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

• hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty

• qual

ity/

zero

def

ects

• pro

cess

conce

rns

or

corr

ective

act

ions

• per

form

ance

mea

sure

s

• st

andar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

61

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

work

pla

ce o

rgan

isat

ion

• sk

ills

matr

ices

• au

tonom

ous

mai

nte

nan

ce w

ork

shee

ts

• par

ts/m

ater

ial co

ntr

ol sy

stem

s

• pro

ble

m r

esolu

tion (

eg K

aize

n b

oar

ds)

• sh

adow

boar

ds

• st

andar

d w

ork

-in-p

rogre

ss (

WIP

) lo

cations

and

quan

tities

• pla

nnin

g s

yste

ms

• th

e del

iver

y of ef

fect

ive

mee

tings

1.8

m

onitor

the

effe

ctiv

enes

s of th

e vi

sual

manag

emen

t sy

stem

and c

hec

k th

e qual

ity

of in

form

atio

n b

eing

dis

pla

yed

2a

Know

how

to lea

d t

he

dev

elopm

ent

of vi

sual

man

agem

ent

syst

ems

2.1

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

work

are

a in w

hic

h t

hey

are

lea

din

g t

he

visu

al

man

agem

ent

act

ivitie

s

2.2

ex

pla

in h

ow

to p

lan t

he

reso

urc

es a

nd t

ime

nee

ded

to

car

ry o

ut

the

agre

ed a

ctiv

ity

2.3

des

crib

e th

e fa

ctors

to b

e co

nsi

der

ed w

hen

se

lect

ing a

vis

ual

manag

emen

t

2.4

ex

pla

in w

her

e to

fin

d t

he

info

rmat

ion r

equired

to

dev

elop a

loca

l vi

sual

man

agem

ent

syst

em

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

62

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.5

des

crib

e th

e vi

sual

man

agem

ent

syst

ems

avai

lable

to

cre

ate

‘the

visu

al fac

tory

’ (s

uch

as

usi

ng K

anban

sy

stem

s, c

ard s

yste

ms,

colo

ur

codin

g,

floor

footp

rints

, gra

phs,

tea

m b

oard

s)

2b

Know

how

to lea

d t

he

dev

elopm

ent

of vi

sual

man

agem

ent

syst

ems

(continued

)

2.6

ex

pla

in h

ow

to d

iffe

rentiat

e bet

wee

n b

usi

nes

s per

form

ance

mea

sure

s an

d loca

l per

form

ance

m

easu

res

2.7

des

crib

e th

e m

easu

res

of per

form

ance

in a

lea

n

busi

nes

s en

viro

nm

ent

(such

as

hea

lth,

safe

ty a

nd

the

envi

ronm

ent,

rig

ht

firs

t tim

e, c

ost

, del

iver

y,

resp

onsi

venes

s, p

roce

ss c

once

rns

and c

orr

ective

ac

tions,

per

form

ance

mea

sure

s, w

ork

pla

ce

org

anis

atio

n)

2.8

des

crib

e th

e ap

plic

ation o

f m

easu

rem

ent

tech

niq

ues

req

uired

for

com

munic

atin

g t

he

visu

al

man

agem

ent

within

an a

rea a

nd t

o o

ther

s w

ho m

ay

use

the

info

rmat

ion (

such

as

targ

et v

ersu

s ac

tual,

per

centa

ge

right

firs

t tim

e, P

aret

o a

naly

sis,

bar

ch

arting,

act

ion p

lans,

Pay

nte

r ch

arts

)

2.9

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of

the

lear

ner

’s o

wn a

uth

ority

, an

d t

o w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

in t

he

even

t of

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

63

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

64


65

Unit 7: Leading the creation of flexible production and manpower systems

Unit reference number: K/600/5447

QCF level: 4

Credit value: 7


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required for leading the creation of flexible business systems. It involves leading the application of the principles and processes of creating flexible production and manpower systems to the chosen activity. This will include obtaining and approving the schedule and batch size for the parts in the work area, and leading the creation of level schedules for those parts. The activities will require the learner to identify and evaluate improvement opportunities, and waste which needs to be removed, in order to achieve Takt time and flow processing. The learner will also be required to direct the production of a visual representation for identifying which resources do not meet the Takt time requirements. This would typically cover areas such as standard work in progress, consignment stocks, part routers, physical control signals, number of people required and their flexibility, and the rules and disciplines of the pull system.








66




N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

67

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1a

Lead

the

crea

tion o

f flex

ible

pro

duct

ion a

nd

man

pow

er s

yste

ms

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

le

ad t

he

act

ivitie

s w

ithin

thei

r are

a of re

sponsi

bili

ty

to incl

ude

all of

the

follo

win

g:

• se

t out

and c

om

munic

ate

the

purp

ose

of th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivitie

s

• in

volv

e th

e te

am in p

lannin

g h

ow

the

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

will

be

ach

ieve

d

• en

sure

eac

h t

eam

mem

ber

has

indiv

idual

obje

ctiv

es a

nd u

nder

stan

ds

how

thes

e obje

ctiv

es c

ontr

ibute

to t

he

ove

rall

impro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

e

• pro

vide

advi

ce a

nd s

upport

the

team

to a

chie

ve

both

tea

m a

nd indiv

idual

im

pro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

es

• m

otiva

te t

he

team

to p

rese

nt

thei

r ow

n

impro

vem

ent

idea

s

• en

coura

ge

the

team

and/o

r in

div

idual

s to

tak

e th

e le

ad w

her

e ap

pro

priat

e

• ag

ree

the

imple

men

tation o

f th

e im

pro

vem

ent

idea

s

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

68

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

neg

otiate

any

phys

ical

and/o

r finan

cial

re

sourc

es r

equired

to im

ple

men

t th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivity

(wher

e appro

priat

e)

• m

onitor

the

pro

gre

ss o

f im

pro

vem

ent

activi

ties

• dea

l w

ith a

ny

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

ble

ms

iden

tified

during t

he

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

1.3

le

ad t

he

applic

atio

n o

f th

e princi

ple

s an

d p

roce

sses

of

crea

ting fle

xible

pro

duct

ion a

nd m

anpow

er

syst

ems

to t

he

chose

n a

ctiv

ity

1.4

le

ad t

he

sele

ctio

n o

f th

ree

diffe

rent

par

ts o

r m

ater

ials

in t

he

work

are

a, a

nd a

ppro

ve t

he

calc

ula

tions

for

the

follo

win

g:

• w

ork

load

• ca

pac

ity

of

reso

urc

e (e

quip

men

t, p

eople

)

• Tak

t tim

e

1.5

obta

in a

nd a

ppro

ve t

he

sched

ule

and b

atch

siz

e fo

r th

e par

ts o

r m

ater

ials

in t

he

work

are

a

1.6

le

ad t

he

crea

tion o

f le

vel sc

hed

ule

s fo

r th

e par

ts in

the

work

are

a

1b

Lead

the

crea

tion o

f flex

ible

pro

duct

ion a

nd

man

pow

er s

yste

ms

(continued

)

1.7

direc

t th

e pro

duct

ion o

f a

visu

al c

om

munic

atio

n o

f th

e sc

hed

ule

, w

hic

h incl

udes

:

• w

ork

load

• re

sourc

e ca

pac

ity

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

69

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

Tak

t tim

e fo

r th

e w

ork

are

a

1.8

id

entify

and e

valu

ate

impro

vem

ent

opport

unitie

s,

and w

aste

whic

h n

eeds

to b

e re

move

d,

in o

rder

to

achie

ve T

akt

tim

e an

d flo

w p

roce

ssin

g

1.9

le

ad t

he

pro

duct

ion o

f a

loca

l w

ork

forc

e flex

ibili

ty

mat

rix

(ski

lls m

atri

x)

1.1

0

direc

t th

e pro

duct

ion o

f a

visu

al r

epre

senta

tion,

iden

tify

ing r

esourc

es t

hat

do n

ot

mee

t th

e Tak

t tim

e re

quirem

ents

1.1

1

imple

men

t th

e cr

eation o

f a

visu

ally

contr

olle

d

syst

em,

base

d o

n t

he

dem

and o

f su

bse

quen

t pro

cess

es f

or

the

chose

n p

arts

or

mate

rials

, w

hic

h

incl

udes

four

of

the

follo

win

g:

• st

andar

d w

ork

in p

rogre

ss

• sa

fety

sto

cks

• par

t or

mate

rial

route

rs

• phys

ical

contr

ol si

gnals

• ru

les

and d

isci

plin

es o

f th

e im

ple

men

ted c

ontr

ol

syst

em

1.1

2

imple

men

t a

visu

ally

contr

olle

d s

yste

m,

base

d o

n

the

dem

and o

f su

bse

quen

t pro

cess

es f

or

the

chose

n p

art

s, w

hic

h im

pro

ves

the

ove

rall

pro

cess

ef

fect

iven

ess

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

70

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2a

Know

how

to lea

d t

he

crea

tion o

f flex

ible

pro

duct

ion a

nd m

anpow

er

syst

ems

2.1

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

work

are

a in w

hic

h t

hey

are

lea

din

g t

he

act

ivity

2.2

ex

pla

in h

ow

to p

lan t

he

reso

urc

es a

nd t

ime

nee

ded

to

car

ry o

ut

the

agre

ed a

ctiv

ity

2.3

des

crib

e th

e in

form

ation r

equired

to c

reat

e le

vel

sched

ule

s, load

and c

apac

ity,

Takt

tim

e an

d b

atch

si

zes

2.4

des

crib

e th

e m

eanin

g o

f ‘le

vel sc

hed

ule

s’ a

nd h

ow

to

cre

ate

them

2.5

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

reate

a load

and c

apac

ity

dia

gra

m

2.6

ex

pla

in T

akt

tim

e an

d h

ow

this

is

calc

ula

ted

2.7

des

crib

e th

e ap

plic

ation o

f st

andar

d w

ork

in

pro

gre

ss

2.8

des

crib

e th

e ap

plic

ation o

f vi

sually

contr

olle

d

syst

ems

and s

ignal

s, b

ased

on t

he

dem

and o

f su

bse

quen

t pro

cess

es

2.9

des

crib

e th

e ap

plic

ation o

f sk

ills

mat

rice

s

2.1

0

des

crib

e th

e ap

plic

ation

of co

nsi

gnm

ent

stock

ing

2b

Know

how

to lea

d t

he

crea

tion o

f flex

ible

pro

duct

ion a

nd m

anpow

er

syst

ems

(continued

)

2.1

1

expla

in h

ow

to s

implif

y w

ork

ing p

ract

ices

and

reduce

the

hum

an e

rror

risk

2.1

2

des

crib

e th

e co

nse

quen

ces

of in

troduci

ng a

new

im

pro

ved p

art/

pro

cess

/mat

eria

l ro

ute

r

2.1

3

expla

in p

roble

m s

olv

ing a

nd r

oute

cau

se a

nal

ysis

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

71

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.1

4

des

crib

e th

e ei

ght

wast

es (

ove

r-pro

duct

ion,

inve

nto

ry,

tran

sport

, ove

r-pro

cess

ing,

wai

ting t

ime,

oper

ator

motion,

bad q

ual

ity,

fai

lure

to e

xplo

it

hum

an p

ote

ntial

) and h

ow

to e

limin

ate

them

2.1

5

expla

in h

ow

to s

tabili

se a

nd t

hen

optim

ise

equip

men

t ef

fect

iven

ess

2.1

6

expla

in h

ow

to c

onduct

a r

evie

w o

f as

set

care

/bes

t pra

ctic

e ef

fect

iven

ess,

and e

stablis

h a

robust

ro

utine

of

asse

t ca

re a

nd c

orr

ect

oper

atio

n

2.1

7

des

crib

e th

e ap

pro

priat

e te

chniq

ues

that

pro

vide

valu

e to

the

cust

om

er (

such

as

push

-pull

syst

ems,

si

ngle

pie

ce flo

w,

just

in t

ime

(JIT

), K

anban,

auto

nom

ation)

2.1

8

des

crib

e th

e te

chniq

ues

use

d t

o v

isually

co

mm

unic

ate

the

work

done

(such

as

leve

l sc

hed

ule

s, load

and c

apac

ity

dia

gra

ms,

rev

ised

bat

ch s

izes

, an

d t

akt

tim

e)

2.1

9

expla

in h

ow

to lay

out

an e

ffec

tive

work

pla

ce,

utilis

ing r

ecognis

ed t

echniq

ues

(su

ch a

s ce

llula

r m

anufa

cturing inco

rpora

ting p

aral

lel lin

es o

r U

-sh

aped

cel

ls)

2.2

0

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

, an

d t

o

whom

they

should

rep

ort

in t

he

even

t of

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

72

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


73

Unit 8: Leading problem solving activities

Unit reference number: T/600/5466

QCF level: 4

Credit value: 8


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to lead problem solving activities, in accordance with approved procedures. Problems could occur in any aspect of the business, such as manufacturing, engineering, processing, service and support functions. The learner will be expected to lead prompt and appropriate action to identify, analyse, approve and implement corrective actions to solve the problem.









74



N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

75

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1a

Lead

pro

ble

m s

olv

ing

activi

ties

1.1

le

ad p

rom

pt

act

ion t

o iden

tify

the

nat

ure

and e

xten

t of th

e pro

ble

ms

that

arise

1.2

le

ad a

ll of

the

follo

win

g a

s par

t of th

e pro

ble

m

solv

ing a

ctiv

ity:

• en

sure

that

per

form

ance

m

onitoring/m

easu

rem

ent

and r

evie

w p

roce

sses

ar

e in

pla

ce (

such

as

the

form

er D

TI’s

seve

n

mea

sure

s of Q

CD

, th

e se

ven q

ual

ity

tools

, SPC

)

• utilis

e a t

eam

-base

d a

ppro

ach

for

the

pro

ble

m

solv

ing a

ctiv

ity

• dis

cuss

/consu

lt w

ith t

he

rele

vant

peo

ple

on t

he

nat

ure

and e

xten

t of

the

pro

ble

m

• fo

llow

a s

truct

ure

d p

roble

m s

olv

ing p

roce

ss,

and u

se a

ppro

priat

e te

chniq

ues

to iden

tify

the

root

cause

(s)

• co

mm

unic

ate

the

pro

pose

d c

orr

ective

act

ion t

o

the

rele

vant

peo

ple

, obta

inin

g f

eedbac

k w

her

e ap

pro

priat

e

• pre

par

e a

pla

n o

f act

ion for

imple

men

tation o

f th

e ap

pro

priat

e co

rrec

tive

act

ion

• m

onitor

the

imple

men

tation o

f co

rrec

tive

ac

tions,

and m

ake

nec

essa

ry r

evis

ions

to t

he

pla

n o

f act

ion (

pla

n,

do,

chec

k, a

ct)

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

76

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

monitor

the

effe

ctiv

enes

s of co

rrec

tive

act

ions

follo

win

g t

hei

r im

ple

men

tation

• re

view

the

effe

ctiv

enes

s of co

rrec

tive

act

ions

agai

nst

the

cost

s of

imple

men

tation

• re

view

the

pro

ble

m s

olv

ing p

roce

ss t

o

under

stan

d t

he

less

ons

lear

ned

, in

ord

er t

o

achie

ve f

urt

her

im

pro

vem

ents

within

the

busi

nes

s

1.3

obta

in a

nd e

valu

ate

all re

leva

nt

dat

a a

nd

info

rmat

ion r

elating t

o t

he

pro

ble

m

1.4

obta

in a

nd e

valu

ate

dat

a on t

he

pro

ble

m f

rom

four

of th

e fo

llow

ing s

ourc

es:

• st

atis

tica

l dat

a

• his

torica

l re

cord

s (e

g m

ainte

nance

or

shift

logs)

• qual

ity

audits

• ex

tern

al so

urc

es

• fe

edback

fro

m c

ust

om

ers

• m

appin

g t

he

pro

cess

• oper

atin

g p

roce

dure

s/m

anufa

cturing m

anual

s

• co

mpan

y pro

cedure

s

• hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty info

rmat

ion

• en

viro

nm

enta

l docu

men

ts

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

77

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

obse

rvat

ion

• des

igned

and c

ontr

olle

d t

rial

s/ex

per

imen

ts

1.5

ev

aluat

e poss

ible

root

cause

s to

pro

ble

ms

by

two o

f th

e fo

llow

ing m

ethods/

tech

niq

ues

:

• ca

use

and e

ffec

t dia

gra

m

• five

‘w

hy’

anal

ysis

• flow

char

ting

• fa

ult t

ree

anal

ysis

1.6

le

ad a

n e

valu

atio

n o

f al

l re

alis

tic

root

cause

s of

the

pro

ble

m

1.7

id

entify

and just

ify

the

most

eff

ective

corr

ective

ac

tion

1b

Lead

pro

ble

m s

olv

ing

activi

ties

(co

ntinued

) 1.8

ju

stify

poss

ible

corr

ective

act

ions

to p

roble

ms,

by

consi

der

ing a

ll of th

e fo

llow

ing:

• oper

atio

nal ef

fect

iven

ess

• ea

se o

f im

ple

men

tation

• tim

esca

le f

or

imple

men

tation

• finan

cial

im

pac

t

• fu

nct

ional

ity

of

the

syst

em

• en

viro

nm

enta

l im

pact

• st

affing im

plic

ations

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

78

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

qual

ity

implic

ations

• co

nfo

rmity

with c

om

pan

y polic

ies

• hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty im

plic

ations

• cu

stom

er d

eliv

ery

implic

ations

1.9

en

sure

that

corr

ective

act

ions

are

im

ple

men

ted

corr

ectly

and p

rom

ptly

1.1

0

lead

the

imple

men

tation o

f co

rrec

tive

act

ions

to

pro

ble

ms,

whic

h c

om

ply

with o

ne

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

• co

mpan

y st

andar

ds

and p

roce

dure

s

• BS a

nd/o

r IS

O s

tandar

ds

and p

roce

dure

s

• cu

stom

er s

tandar

ds

and r

equirem

ents

1.1

1

confirm

the

effe

ctiv

enes

s of

corr

ective

act

ions,

by

usi

ng o

ne

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

• one

or

more

of th

e fo

rmer

DTI’s

seve

n

mea

sure

s of Q

CD

• one

or

more

of th

e se

ven q

ualit

y to

ols

• st

atis

tica

l pro

cess

contr

ol (S

PC)

1.1

2

ensu

re a

ll re

leva

nt

peo

ple

are

kep

t in

form

ed o

f pro

gre

ss t

hro

ughout

the

pro

ble

m s

olv

ing a

ctiv

ity

1.1

3

com

munic

ate

with t

he

rele

vant

peo

ple

thro

ughout

the

pro

ble

m s

olv

ing a

ctiv

ity,

by

usi

ng b

oth

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

79

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

verb

al co

mm

unic

atio

n

• co

mple

tion o

f co

mpany-

spec

ific

docu

men

tation

(pap

er o

r IT

bas

ed)

1.1

4

confirm

that

corr

ective

act

ions

to p

roble

ms

com

ply

w

ith a

ll re

leva

nt

regula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

2a

Know

how

to lea

d p

roble

m

solv

ing a

ctiv

itie

s 2.1

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

lea

din

g t

he

pro

ble

m s

olv

ing

activi

ty

2.2

ex

pla

in h

ow

to p

lan t

he

reso

urc

es a

nd t

ime

nee

ded

to

car

ry o

ut

the

agre

ed a

ctiv

ity

2.3

des

crib

e th

e im

port

ance

of w

earing p

rote

ctiv

e cl

oth

ing a

nd o

ther

appro

priat

e sa

fety

equip

men

t during t

he

inve

stig

ation o

f th

e pro

ble

m,

and w

her

e it m

ay

be

obta

ined

2.4

ex

pla

in m

ethods

use

d t

o d

etec

t th

at a

pro

ble

m h

as

occ

urr

ed

2.5

ex

pla

in m

ethods

of co

nta

inm

ent

of a

non-

confo

rmin

g p

roduct

or

pro

cess

2.6

ex

pla

in a

str

uct

ure

d p

roce

ss for

pro

ble

m s

olv

ing

(such

as

DM

AIC

met

hodolo

gy

- D

efin

e, M

easu

re,

Anal

yse,

Im

pro

ve,

Contr

ol)

2.7

des

crib

e th

e pro

cess

es a

nd p

roce

dure

s use

d w

ithin

th

e sc

ope

of th

e pro

ble

m s

olv

ing a

ctiv

ity

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

80

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.8

ex

pla

in h

ow

to o

bta

in a

ny

nec

essa

ry r

esourc

es t

o

support

the

pro

ble

m s

olv

ing a

ctiv

ity

2.9

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n r

esponsi

bili

ty,

and

to w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

you c

annot

reso

lve

2.1

0

des

crib

e th

e use

of per

form

ance

mea

sure

men

t an

d

anal

ysis

to d

irec

t an

d focu

s im

pro

vem

ent

effo

rt

2b

Know

how

to lea

d p

roble

m

solv

ing a

ctiv

itie

s (c

ontinued

)

2.1

1

des

crib

e th

e te

chniq

ues

use

d t

o o

bta

in d

ata

and

info

rmat

ion o

n p

roble

ms

(such

as

the

form

er D

TI’s

seve

n m

easu

res

of Q

CD

), a

nd t

he

sourc

es o

f in

form

atio

n

2.1

2

des

crib

e th

e m

ethods

and t

echniq

ues

invo

lved

in

eval

uat

ing info

rmat

ion (

such

as

the

seve

n q

ual

ity

tools

, is

/is

not

shee

ts,

capab

ility

stu

die

s,

mea

sure

men

t sy

stem

anal

ysis

)

2.1

3

des

crib

e th

e im

port

ance

of

get

ting t

o t

he

root

cause

2.1

4

des

crib

e th

e m

ethods

and t

echniq

ues

invo

lved

in

root

cause

anal

ysis

(su

ch a

s five

‘w

hy’

anal

ysis

, ca

use

and e

ffec

t dia

gra

ms,

fau

lt t

ree

anal

ysis

, flow

char

ting,

FMEA,

pro

cess

flo

w a

nal

ysis

)

2.1

5

des

crib

e th

e cr

itic

ality

of

diffe

rent

types

of

pro

ble

ms,

and h

ow

to p

rioritise

the

pro

ble

ms

to b

e so

lved

2.1

6

expla

in h

ow

to o

bta

in a

nd inte

rpre

t co

mpan

y polic

y an

d p

roce

dure

s

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

81

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.1

7

des

crib

e th

e fa

ctors

that

hav

e to

be

take

n into

ac

count

when

sel

ecting t

he

corr

ective

act

ion t

o a

pro

ble

m

2.1

8

expla

in m

ethods

use

d t

o c

hoose

and im

ple

men

t co

rrec

tive

act

ions

(such

as

dec

isio

n m

atr

ix,

des

ign

of ex

per

imen

ts,

Gan

tt c

hart

, D

emin

g c

ycle

(pla

n-

do-c

hec

k-ac

t),

erro

r pro

ofing)

2.1

9

expla

in w

hom

to info

rm o

f act

ions

take

n,

and b

y w

hat

mea

ns

2.2

0

des

crib

e re

port

ing p

roce

dure

s and d

ocu

men

tation,

and t

hei

r applic

atio

n

2.2

1

expla

in m

ethods

use

d t

o m

onitor

the

effe

ctiv

enes

s of

corr

ective

act

ions

(such

as

stat

istica

l pro

cess

co

ntr

ol (S

PC),

the

form

er D

TI’s

seve

n m

easu

res

of

QCD

, se

ven q

ual

ity

tools

)

2.2

2

expla

in h

ow

to r

evie

w t

he

pro

ble

m s

olv

ing p

roce

ss

to u

nder

stan

d t

he

less

ons

learn

ed,

in o

rder

to

achie

ve f

urt

her

im

pro

vem

ents

within

the

busi

nes

s

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

82


83

Unit 9: Leading an analysis and selection of parts for improvement


QCF level: 4

Credit value: 14


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required for leading an analysis and selection of parts for improvement. It involves coordinating the principles and processes of analysing and selecting parts for improvements within the chosen area/product range. The learner will be expected to coordinate and analyse information to identify and produce part families, using criteria such as part shape, part size, materials used to manufacture the part, and the manufacturing process used.









84



N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

85

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1a

Lead

an a

nal

ysis

and

sele

ctio

n o

f par

ts for

impro

vem

ent

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

le

ad t

he

act

ivitie

s w

ithin

thei

r are

a of re

sponsi

bili

ty

to incl

ude

all of

the

follo

win

g:

• se

t out

and c

om

munic

ate

the

purp

ose

of th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivitie

s

• in

volv

e th

e te

am in p

lannin

g h

ow

the

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

will

be

ach

ieve

d

• en

sure

eac

h t

eam

mem

ber

has

indiv

idual

obje

ctiv

es a

nd u

nder

stan

ds

how

thes

e obje

ctiv

es c

ontr

ibute

to t

he

ove

rall

impro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

e

• pro

vide

advi

ce a

nd s

upport

the

team

to a

chie

ve

both

tea

m a

nd indiv

idual

im

pro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

es

• m

otiva

te t

he

team

to p

rese

nt

thei

r ow

n

impro

vem

ent

idea

s

• en

coura

ge

the

team

and/o

r in

div

idual

s to

tak

e th

e le

ad w

her

e ap

pro

priat

e

• ag

ree

the

imple

men

tation o

f th

e im

pro

vem

ent

idea

s

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

86

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

neg

otiate

any

phys

ical

and/o

r finan

cial

re

sourc

es r

equired

to im

ple

men

t th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivity

(wher

e appro

priat

e)

• m

onitor

the

pro

gre

ss o

f im

pro

vem

ent

activi

ties

• dea

l w

ith a

ny

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

ble

ms

iden

tified

during t

he

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

1.3

co

ord

inat

e th

e co

llect

ing o

f all

the

info

rmation,

docu

men

tation a

nd e

quip

men

t re

quired

to c

arry

out

the

act

ivity

1.4

co

ord

inat

e an

d lea

d a

n a

nal

ysis

of in

form

atio

n t

o

iden

tify

and c

onfirm

the

repre

senta

tive

part

s fo

r im

pro

vem

ent

within

the

chose

n a

rea/

pro

duct

ran

ge

1b

Lead

an a

nal

ysis

and

sele

ctio

n o

f par

ts for

impro

vem

ent

(continued

)

1.5

le

ad a

n a

nal

ysis

agai

nst

thre

e of th

e fo

llow

ing

criter

ia:

• cu

stom

er s

ched

ule

s (v

olu

me)

• co

st o

f pro

duci

ng t

he

par

t

• pro

fit

for

each

part

, as

a p

erce

nta

ge

• m

anufa

cturing lea

d t

ime

• qual

ity

(scr

ap a

nd n

on-c

onfo

rman

ce

per

centa

ge)

• pro

cess

/man

ufa

cturing r

oute

1.6

ap

pro

ve a

n e

valu

atio

n a

nd g

roupin

g o

f th

e id

entified

par

ts into

appro

priat

e par

t fa

mili

es

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

87

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1.7

le

ad t

he

pro

duct

ion o

f par

t fa

mili

es,

usi

ng a

ll th

e fo

llow

ing c

rite

ria:

• par

t sh

ape

• par

t si

ze

• m

ater

ials

use

d t

o m

anufa

cture

the

par

t

• m

anufa

cturing p

roce

ss

1.8

le

ad t

he

pro

duct

ion o

f an

d c

onfirm

a fin

alis

ed lis

t of

the

repre

senta

tive

par

ts for

the

chose

n

area

/pro

duct

ran

ge

2a

Know

how

to lea

d a

n

anal

ysis

and s

elec

tion o

f par

ts for

impro

vem

ent

2.1

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

work

are

a in w

hic

h y

ou a

re lea

din

g t

he

act

ivity

2.2

ex

pla

in h

ow

to p

lan t

he

reso

urc

es a

nd t

ime

nee

ded

to

car

ry o

ut

the

agre

ed a

ctiv

ity

2.3

des

crib

e th

e in

form

ation r

equired

to c

onduct

the

activi

ty,

and w

her

e an

d fro

m w

hom

auth

ority

can

be

found

2.4

des

crib

e th

e princi

ple

s an

d p

roce

ss o

f an

alys

is

(such

as,

pie

char

ts,

bar

char

ts (

Pare

to a

nal

ysis

))

2.5

des

crib

e th

e te

chniq

ues

use

d t

o c

om

munic

ate

the

info

rmat

ion a

nd r

esults

gai

ned

by

this

pro

cess

2.6

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

reate

and p

rese

nt

bar

gra

phs/

his

togra

ms

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

88

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2b

Know

how

to lea

d a

n

anal

ysis

and s

elec

tion o

f par

ts for

impro

vem

ent

(continued

)

2.7

ex

pla

in h

ow

to d

iffe

rentiat

e bet

wee

n lea

d t

ime

and

cycl

e tim

e

2.8

ex

pla

in h

ow

the

bill

of m

ate

rials

(bom

) st

ruct

ure

is

configure

d for

each

of th

e re

pre

senta

tive

part

s

2.9

ex

pla

in h

ow

to iden

tify

the

origin

/sourc

e of th

e par

ts w

ithin

the

chose

n a

rea

2.1

0

expla

in h

ow

to e

valu

ate

the

info

rmat

ion,

in o

rder

to

sele

ct t

he

repre

senta

tive

par

ts f

or

the

chose

n a

rea

2.1

1

expla

in t

he

applic

atio

n o

f pro

ble

m s

olv

ing a

nd r

oot

cause

anal

ysis

2.1

2

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

, an

d t

o

whom

they

should

rep

ort

in t

he

even

t of

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


89

Unit 10: Leading lead-time analysis activities


QCF level: 4

Credit value: 9


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required for lead-time analysis activities. It involves leading the principles and processes of lead time analysis to selected parts or processes. The learner will be expected to lead the identification of suitable parts or processes for which lead time profiles are to be produced, and then to review and confirm suitable and quantifiable objectives and targets for the reduction in lead time and the creation of lead time profiles for all of the representative parts or processes chosen.









90



N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

91

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1a

Lead

- tim

e an

alys

is

activi

ties

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

le

ad t

he

act

ivitie

s w

ithin

the

learn

er’s

are

a o

f re

sponsi

bili

ty t

o incl

ude

all of th

e fo

llow

ing:

• se

t out

and c

om

munic

ate

the

purp

ose

of th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivitie

s

• in

volv

e th

e te

am in p

lannin

g h

ow

the

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

will

be

ach

ieve

d

• en

sure

eac

h t

eam

mem

ber

has

indiv

idual

obje

ctiv

es a

nd u

nder

stan

ds

how

thes

e obje

ctiv

es c

ontr

ibute

to t

he

ove

rall

impro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

e

• pro

vide

advi

ce a

nd s

upport

the

team

to a

chie

ve

both

tea

m a

nd indiv

idual

im

pro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

es

• m

otiva

te t

he

team

to p

rese

nt

thei

r ow

n

impro

vem

ent

idea

s

• en

coura

ge

the

team

and/o

r in

div

idual

s to

tak

e th

e le

ad w

her

e ap

pro

priat

e

• ag

ree

the

imple

men

tation o

f th

e im

pro

vem

ent

idea

s

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

92

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

neg

otiate

any

phys

ical

and/o

r finan

cial

re

sourc

es r

equired

to im

ple

men

t th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivity

(wher

e appro

priat

e)

• m

onitor

the

pro

gre

ss o

f im

pro

vem

ent

activi

ties

• dea

l w

ith a

ny

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

ble

ms

iden

tified

during t

he

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

1.3

le

ad t

he

colle

ctio

n a

nd c

oord

ination o

f in

form

atio

n/d

ata

to p

roduce

a f

requen

cy d

iagra

m,

listing t

he

maj

or

bott

lenec

ks o

r co

nst

rain

ts a

s id

entified

by

each

lea

d t

ime

pro

file

1.4

re

view

and c

onfirm

quan

tifiab

le o

bje

ctiv

es a

nd

targ

ets

for

the

reduct

ion in lea

d-t

ime

of th

e ch

ose

n

par

ts o

r pro

cess

es

1.5

le

ad t

he

lead

-tim

e an

alys

is a

ctiv

ity,

and t

he

pro

duct

ion o

f le

ad-t

ime

pro

file

s fo

r all

of

the

repre

senta

tive

par

ts o

r pro

cess

es c

hose

n

1b

Lead

-tim

e an

alys

is

activi

ties

(co

ntinued

) 1.6

ev

aluat

e and c

onfirm

any

pro

ble

ms

or

conditio

ns

within

the

work

are

a w

her

e im

pro

vem

ents

can

be

mad

e

1.7

le

ad im

pro

vem

ent

opport

unitie

s fo

r th

ree

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

• su

pply

or

del

iver

y of

par

ts

• im

pro

ved w

ork

flow

• im

pro

ved q

ual

ity

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

93

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

flex

ibili

ty o

f peo

ple

• la

unch

of

mat

eria

l

• in

vento

ry b

alan

cing

1.8

le

ad t

he

pro

duct

ion o

f re

vise

d lea

d t

ime

pro

file

s,

iden

tify

ing t

he

impro

ved p

roce

ss

1.9

le

ad t

he

pro

duct

ion o

f a

pla

n o

f th

e im

pro

vem

ent

activi

ties

and r

esourc

es r

equir

ed,

with t

imes

cale

s to

ac

hie

ve t

he

targ

eted

lea

d-t

ime

2a

Know

how

to lea

d-t

ime

anal

ysis

act

ivitie

s 2.1

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

work

are

a in w

hic

h t

hey

are

lea

din

g t

he

act

ivity

2.2

ex

pla

in h

ow

to p

lan t

he

reso

urc

es a

nd t

ime

nee

ded

to

car

ry o

ut

the

agre

ed a

ctiv

ity

2.3

des

crib

e th

e in

form

ation r

equired

to c

reat

e le

ad-

tim

e pro

file

s

2.4

des

crib

e th

e in

form

ation r

equired

to c

onst

ruct

the

lead

-tim

e pro

file

s, a

nd w

her

e th

is info

rmat

ion c

an

be

obta

ined

2.5

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

oord

inat

e an

d c

reat

e le

ad-t

ime

pro

file

s

2b

Know

how

to lea

d-t

ime

anal

ysis

act

ivitie

s (c

ontinued

)

2.6

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

oord

inat

e an

d c

reat

e fr

equen

cy

char

ts

2.7

des

crib

e th

e te

chniq

ues

use

d t

o c

om

munic

ate

the

info

rmat

ion a

nd r

esults

obta

ined

by

this

pro

cess

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

94

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.8

ex

pla

in h

ow

to d

iffe

rentiat

e bet

wee

n lea

d-t

ime

and

cycl

e tim

e

2.9

ex

pla

in a

pply

ing p

roble

m s

olv

ing a

nd r

oot

cause

an

alys

is (

such

as

Ishik

awa d

iagra

ms,

bra

inst

orm

ing)

2.1

0

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

, an

d t

o

whom

they

should

rep

ort

in t

he

even

t of

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


95

Unit 11: Leading value stream mapping (VSM) activities


QCF level: 4

Credit value: 13


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required for leading value stream mapping (VSM) activities. It involves leading the application of the principles and processes of value stream mapping to the approved parts, using appropriate improvement tools and techniques. The learner will be expected to lead the creation of a current state map for the parts or materials chosen, and to confirm problems or conditions within the current state map where improvements can be made. Typically, the improvements will include improved workflow, improved lead time, improved quality, reduced waste and improved safety.







Your ability to combine the performance statements specified when applying the principles and processes of this unit must be demonstrated.


96



N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

97

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1a

Lead

val

ue

stre

am

map

pin

g (

VSM

) ac

tivi

ties

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

le

ad t

he

act

ivitie

s w

ithin

the

learn

er’s

are

a o

f re

sponsi

bili

ty t

o incl

ude

all of th

e fo

llow

ing:

• se

t out

and c

om

munic

ate

the

purp

ose

of th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivitie

s

• in

volv

e th

e te

am in p

lannin

g h

ow

the

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

will

be

ach

ieve

d

• en

sure

eac

h t

eam

mem

ber

has

indiv

idual

obje

ctiv

es a

nd u

nder

stan

ds

how

thes

e obje

ctiv

es c

ontr

ibute

to t

he

ove

rall

impro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

e

• pro

vide

advi

ce a

nd s

upport

the

team

to a

chie

ve

both

tea

m a

nd indiv

idual

im

pro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

es

• m

otiva

te t

he

team

to p

rese

nt

thei

r ow

n

impro

vem

ent

idea

s

• en

coura

ge

the

team

and/o

r in

div

idual

s to

tak

e th

e le

ad w

her

e ap

pro

priat

e

• ag

ree

the

imple

men

tation o

f th

e im

pro

vem

ent

idea

s

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

98

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

neg

otiate

any

phys

ical

and/o

r finan

cial

re

sourc

es r

equired

to im

ple

men

t th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivity

(wher

e appro

priat

e)

• m

onitor

the

pro

gre

ss o

f im

pro

vem

ent

activi

ties

• dea

l w

ith a

ny

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

ble

ms

iden

tified

during t

he

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

1.3

ap

pro

ve t

he

sele

ctio

n o

f ap

pro

priat

e par

ts o

r m

ater

ials

on w

hic

h t

he

activi

ty is

to b

e ca

rrie

d o

ut

1.4

le

ad t

he

valu

e st

ream

map

pin

g p

roce

ss o

n t

he

chose

n p

art

s, u

sing a

ppro

priat

e im

pro

vem

ent

tools

an

d t

echniq

ues

1.5

le

ad t

he

crea

tion o

f and a

ppro

ve a

curr

ent

state

m

ap f

or

the

par

ts o

r m

ater

ials

chose

n t

o incl

ude

all

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

• par

t or

mat

eria

l flow

thro

ugh t

he

pro

cess

• in

form

atio

n flo

w

• in

vento

ry

• se

t-up a

nd c

ycle

tim

es f

or

each

oper

atio

n

• le

ad-t

ime

for

the

par

t or

mat

eria

l

• va

lue-

addin

g p

erce

nta

ge

of le

ad t

ime

• del

ays

whic

h o

ccur

bet

wee

n e

ach

oper

atio

n

• Tak

t tim

e an

d s

ched

ule

s fo

r th

e ch

ose

n p

art

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

99

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

cust

om

er a

nd s

upplie

r ord

erin

g a

nd d

eliv

ery

1b

Lead

val

ue

stre

am

map

pin

g (

VSM

) ac

tivi

ties

(c

ontinued

)

1.6

co

nfirm

pro

ble

ms

or

conditio

ns

within

the

curr

ent

stat

e m

ap w

her

e im

pro

vem

ents

can

be

mad

e

1.7

co

nfirm

opport

unitie

s fo

r im

pro

vem

ents

and w

aste

th

at n

eeds

to b

e re

move

d,

in o

rder

to c

reate

a

futu

re s

tate

map

cove

ring t

hre

e of th

e fo

llow

ing:

• im

pro

ved w

ork

flow

• im

pro

ved lea

d t

ime

• im

pro

ved q

ual

ity

• im

pro

ved s

afet

y

• le

ss inve

nto

ry

• im

pro

ved fle

xibili

ty

• le

ss w

ast

e/co

st

1.8

le

ad t

he

pro

duct

ion o

f an

d a

ppro

ve a

futu

re s

tate

m

ap t

o incl

ude

all

of

the

follo

win

g:

• par

t or

mat

eria

l flow

thro

ugh t

he

pro

cess

• in

form

atio

n flo

w

• in

vento

ry

• se

t-up a

nd c

ycle

tim

es f

or

each

oper

atio

n

• le

ad t

ime

for

the

par

t or

mat

eria

l

• va

lue-

addin

g p

erce

nta

ge

of le

ad t

ime

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

100

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

del

ays

whic

h o

ccur

bet

wee

n e

ach

oper

atio

n

• Tak

t tim

e an

d s

ched

ule

s fo

r th

e ch

ose

n p

art

• cu

stom

er a

nd s

upplie

r ord

erin

g a

nd d

eliv

ery

1.9

le

ad t

he

imple

men

tation o

f th

e ch

anges

iden

tified

2a

Know

how

to lea

d v

alue

stre

am

mappin

g (

VSM

) ac

tivi

ties

2.1

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

lea

din

g t

he

valu

e st

ream

m

appin

g a

ctiv

ity

2.2

ex

pla

in h

ow

to p

lan t

he

reso

urc

es a

nd t

ime

nee

ded

to

car

ry o

ut

the

agre

ed a

ctiv

ity

2.3

ex

pla

in h

ow

a p

art

is

sele

cted

for

a v

alue

stre

am

m

appin

g a

ctiv

ity

2.4

ex

pla

in f

rom

whom

auth

ority

is

gai

ned

for

rele

ase

of peo

ple

and r

esourc

es f

or

the

valu

e st

ream

m

appin

g a

ctiv

ity

2.5

ex

pla

in h

ow

to s

truct

ure

and r

un a

val

ue

stre

am

map

pin

g e

vent

2.6

des

crib

e th

e princi

ple

s an

d p

roce

sses

for

the

dep

loym

ent

of va

lue

stre

am

mappin

g

2.7

ex

pla

in h

ow

im

pro

vem

ents

to t

he

pro

cess

can

be

achie

ved

2.8

ex

pla

in h

ow

to e

valu

ate

impro

vem

ent

idea

s an

d

sele

ct t

hose

that

will

giv

e th

e gre

ates

t ben

efit for

the

leas

t sp

end

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

101

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.9

ex

pla

in h

ow

to s

et q

uan

tifiab

le o

bje

ctiv

es a

nd

targ

ets

for

the

futu

re s

tate

map

s

2b

Know

how

to lea

d v

alue

stre

am

mappin

g (

VSM

) ac

tivi

ties

(co

ntinued

)

2.1

0

expla

in h

ow

to c

reate

sta

ndar

d o

per

ating

pro

cedure

s (S

OPs

)

2.1

1

des

crib

e th

e te

chniq

ues

use

d t

o v

isually

co

mm

unic

ate

the

info

rmat

ion a

nd r

esults

of th

e pro

cess

2.1

2

des

crib

e th

e te

chniq

ues

of

pro

ble

m s

olv

ing a

nd r

oot

cause

anal

ysis

2.1

3

expla

in s

yste

ms

lead t

ime,

how

they

diffe

r fr

om

ac

tual

lea

d t

ime,

and h

ow

both

are

const

ruct

ed

2.1

4

expla

in h

ow

to c

alcu

late

Takt

tim

e

2.1

5

des

crib

e th

e princi

ple

s of in

crea

sing p

roce

ss

capac

ity

2.1

6

expla

in w

hat

const

itute

s va

lue-

addin

g a

nd n

on-

valu

e ad

din

g a

ctiv

itie

s

2.1

7

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

, an

d t

o

whom

they

should

rep

ort

in t

he

even

t of

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

102

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


103

Unit 12: Leading set-up reduction activities


QCF level: 4

Credit value: 14


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required for leading set-up reduction activities. It involves coordinating the principles and processes of set-up reduction to a machine or process set-up, changeover, clean-down or turnaround activity that is a bottleneck or constraint which affects the process, such as capacity, flexibility, lead time, inventory or other business performance measure. The learner will be expected to confirm where the problems occur within the set-up process, and to confirm where improvements can be made. The learner will need to agree suitable quantifiable objectives and targets against which the improvements are to be made. The activities will require them to coordinate the set-up reduction activities on different machines or processes, and to coordinate improvements to the current set-up, which will include such things as reduced set-up time, improved safety, improved quality and improved work practice.









104



N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

105

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1a

Lead

set

-up r

educt

ion

activi

ties

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

le

ad t

he

act

ivitie

s w

ithin

thei

r are

a of re

sponsi

bili

ty

to incl

ude

all of

the

follo

win

g:

• se

t out

and c

om

munic

ate

the

purp

ose

of th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivitie

s

• in

volv

e th

e te

am in p

lannin

g h

ow

the

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

will

be

ach

ieve

d

• en

sure

eac

h t

eam

mem

ber

has

indiv

idual

obje

ctiv

es a

nd u

nder

stan

ds

how

thes

e obje

ctiv

es c

ontr

ibute

to t

he

ove

rall

impro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

e

• pro

vide

advi

ce a

nd s

upport

the

team

to a

chie

ve

both

tea

m a

nd indiv

idual

im

pro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

es

• m

otiva

te t

he

team

to p

rese

nt

thei

r ow

n

impro

vem

ent

idea

s

• en

coura

ge

the

team

and/o

r in

div

idual

s to

tak

e th

e le

ad w

her

e ap

pro

priat

e

• ag

ree

the

imple

men

tation o

f th

e im

pro

vem

ent

idea

s

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

106

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

neg

otiate

any

phys

ical

and/o

r finan

cial

re

sourc

es r

equired

to im

ple

men

t th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivity

(wher

e appro

priat

e)

• m

onitor

the

pro

gre

ss o

f im

pro

vem

ent

activi

ties

• dea

l w

ith a

ny

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

ble

ms

iden

tified

during t

he

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

1.3

ap

pro

ve t

he

iden

tifica

tion o

f a

mac

hin

e or

pro

cess

se

t-up a

ctiv

ity

that

is a

bott

lenec

k or

const

rain

t w

hic

h a

ffec

ts p

roduct

ivity

1.4

co

ord

inat

e th

e se

t-up r

educt

ion a

ctiv

ity

on t

he

chose

n m

ach

ine

or

pro

cess

, usi

ng t

he

appro

priat

e te

chniq

ues

1.5

co

nfirm

pro

ble

ms

or

conditio

ns

within

the

curr

ent

set-

up,

wher

e im

pro

vem

ents

can b

e m

ade

1b

Lead

set

-up r

educt

ion

activi

ties

(co

ntinued

) 1.6

ag

ree

quantifiable

obje

ctiv

es/t

arget

s fo

r im

pro

vem

ents

to t

he

chose

n s

et-u

p

1.7

co

ord

inat

e im

pro

vem

ents

to t

he

curr

ent

set-

up

whic

h c

ove

r th

ree

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

• re

duce

d s

et-u

p t

ime

• im

pro

ved s

afet

y

• im

pro

ved q

ual

ity

• im

pro

ved w

ork

pra

ctic

e

• im

pro

ved r

egula

tory

com

plia

nce

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

107

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

reduce

d c

ost

1.8

co

ord

inat

e im

pro

vem

ents

to t

he

curr

ent

set-

up,

to

mee

t th

e id

entified

obje

ctiv

es a

nd t

arget

s

1.9

ap

pro

ve t

he

pro

duct

ion o

f ch

anges

to s

tandar

d

oper

atin

g p

roce

dure

s (S

OPs

) or

oth

er a

ppro

ved

docu

men

tation t

hat

will

sust

ain t

he

impro

vem

ents

m

ade

to t

he

set-

up r

equirem

ents

1.1

0

coord

inat

e im

pro

vem

ents

to t

he

new

set

-up,

whic

h

cove

rs t

hre

e of th

e fo

llow

ing:

• al

l of

the

new

ste

ps,

and t

he

tim

e re

quired

for

each

ste

p

• diffe

rentiat

ion b

etw

een inte

rnal

and e

xter

nal

st

eps

• st

andar

d e

quip

men

t an

d its

loca

tion (

eg c

utt

ing

tools

, cl

amps,

han

d t

ools

, in

spec

tion

equip

men

t)

• in

form

atio

n r

equired

for

a quic

k se

t-up,

and its

lo

cation (

such

as

CN

C p

rogra

ms,

dra

win

gs

and

man

ufa

cturing inst

ruct

ions)

• m

ethods

and s

tandar

ds

• docu

men

tation f

or

coord

inat

ion c

ontr

ol

2a

Know

how

to lea

d s

et-u

p

reduct

ion a

ctiv

itie

s 2.1

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

lea

din

g t

he

set-

up r

educt

ion

activi

ties

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

108

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.2

ex

pla

in h

ow

to p

lan t

he

reso

urc

es a

nd t

ime

nee

ded

to

car

ry o

ut

the

agre

ed a

ctiv

ity

2.3

ex

pla

in h

ow

a m

ach

ine

or

pro

cess

is

sele

cted

for

a

set-

up r

educt

ion a

ctiv

ity

2.4

ex

pla

in f

rom

whom

auth

ority

is

gai

ned

for

the

rele

ase

of

peo

ple

and r

esourc

es f

or

the

set-

up

reduct

ion a

ctiv

ity

2.5

des

crib

e th

e ap

plic

ation o

f th

e D

emin

g c

ycle

(pla

n,

do,

chec

k, a

ct)

2.6

ex

pla

in h

ow

to s

truct

ure

and r

un a

set

-up r

educt

ion

activi

ty

2.7

ex

pla

in h

ow

im

pro

vem

ents

to t

he

set-

up c

an b

e ac

hie

ved

2.8

ex

pla

in h

ow

to e

valu

ate

impro

vem

ent

idea

s an

d

sele

ct t

hose

that

will

giv

e m

ost

ben

efit f

or

the

leas

t sp

end

2b

Know

how

to lea

d s

et-u

p

reduct

ion a

ctiv

itie

s (c

ontinued

)

2.9

ex

pla

in h

ow

to s

et q

uan

tifiab

le t

arget

s an

d

obje

ctiv

es f

or

the

impro

ved s

et-u

p

2.1

0

expla

in h

ow

to c

orr

elat

e in

form

atio

n t

o c

reat

e or

updat

e st

andar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s (s

ops)

or

oth

er a

ppro

ved d

ocu

men

tation f

or

the

revi

sed

set-

up

2.1

1

expla

in h

ow

to d

istinguis

h b

etw

een inte

rnal

and

exte

rnal act

ivitie

s w

ith r

efer

ence

to s

et-u

p

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

109

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.1

2

expla

in p

roble

m s

olv

ing a

nd t

he

applic

ation o

f ro

ot

cause

anal

ysis

2.1

3

des

crib

e th

e diffe

rence

bet

wee

n ‘m

otion’ and ‘w

ork

’

2.1

4

expla

in w

hat

const

itute

s a

valu

e-ad

din

g a

nd

non-v

alue

addin

g a

ctiv

ity

2.1

5

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

, an

d t

o

whom

they

should

rep

ort

in t

he

even

t of

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

110


111

Unit 13: Leading total productive maintenance (TPM) activities


QCF level: 4

Credit value: 11


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to lead total productive maintenance (TPM) activities on equipment and processes, and aims to prevent equipment problems by identifying potential causes rather than waiting for a problem to occur. It involves the measurement of the six classic hidden losses, assessment of potential and priorities for loss reduction. It covers the application of the TPM principles and processes to resources, such as plant and equipment, machines, office equipment, service equipment and utilities. It also concerns assessment of the equipment/process condition, the steps required to restore the equipment/process to good working order, and then to set a robust asset care regime to maintain this condition.









112



N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

113

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1a

Lead

tota

l pro

duct

ive

mai

nte

nan

ce (

TPM

) ac

tivi

ties

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

le

ad t

he

act

ivitie

s w

ithin

thei

r are

a of re

sponsi

bili

ty

to incl

ude

all of

the

follo

win

g:

• se

t out

and c

om

munic

ate

the

purp

ose

of th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivitie

s

• in

volv

e th

e te

am in p

lannin

g h

ow

the

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

will

be

ach

ieve

d

• en

sure

eac

h t

eam

mem

ber

has

indiv

idual

obje

ctiv

es a

nd u

nder

stan

ds

how

thes

e obje

ctiv

es c

ontr

ibute

to t

he

ove

rall

impro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

e

• pro

vide

advi

ce a

nd s

upport

the

team

to a

chie

ve

both

tea

m a

nd indiv

idual

im

pro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

es

• m

otiva

te t

he

team

to p

rese

nt

thei

r ow

n

impro

vem

ent

idea

s

• en

coura

ge

the

team

and/o

r in

div

idual

s to

tak

e th

e le

ad w

her

e ap

pro

priat

e

• ag

ree

the

imple

men

tation o

f th

e im

pro

vem

ent

idea

s

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

114

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

neg

otiate

any

phys

ical

and/o

r finan

cial

re

sourc

es r

equired

to im

ple

men

t th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivity

(wher

e appro

priat

e)

• m

onitor

the

pro

gre

ss o

f im

pro

vem

ent

activi

ties

• dea

l w

ith a

ny

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

ble

ms

iden

tified

during t

he

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

1.3

ap

pro

ve t

he

sele

ctio

n o

f th

e ap

pro

priate

ass

et o

n

whic

h t

o c

arry

out

the

tota

l pro

duct

ive

main

tenan

ce

activi

ty

1.4

le

ad t

he

tota

l pro

duct

ive

mai

nte

nan

ce p

roce

ss o

n a

t le

ast

two a

sset

s fr

om

the

follo

win

g:

• pla

nt

and e

quip

men

t

• m

achin

es

• offic

e eq

uip

men

t

• se

rvic

e eq

uip

men

t

• utilit

ies

1.5

obta

in a

nd a

ppro

ve t

he

nec

essa

ry info

rmation t

o

carr

y out

the

activi

ty

1.6

le

ad t

he

carr

ying o

ut

of th

e to

tal pro

duct

ive

mai

nte

nan

ce a

ctiv

ity

usi

ng t

he

appro

priat

e te

chniq

ues

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

115

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1.7

le

ad t

he

tota

l pro

duct

ive

mai

nte

nan

ce p

roce

ss,

and

show

how

one

of th

e fo

llow

ing is

under

take

n:

• as

sess

critica

lity

of eq

uip

men

t/pro

cess

conditio

n

and iden

tify

ref

urb

ishm

ent

nee

ds

• id

entify

an inte

gra

ted a

sset

car

e pla

n for

both

oper

ator

and m

ainte

nan

ce s

taff

1b

Lead

tota

l pro

duct

ive

mai

nte

nan

ce (

TPM

) ac

tivi

ties

(co

ntinued

)

1.8

use

the

ove

rall

equip

men

t ef

fect

iven

ess

(OEE)

mea

sure

and info

rmation t

o c

onfirm

whic

h

elem

ents

of th

e O

EE a

nd t

hei

r ass

oci

ated

loss

es

nee

d im

pro

vem

ent

1.9

le

ad t

he

colle

ctio

n o

f in

form

ation r

elating t

o a

ll of

the

follo

win

g:

• lo

ad o

r dem

and

• ca

pac

ity

• Tak

t tim

e or

bott

lenec

k an

alys

is

1.1

0

appro

ve a

nd u

se a

n a

ctio

n p

lan w

hic

h w

ill

reduce

/elim

inat

e th

e lo

sses

, an

d h

ence

im

pro

ve t

he

ove

rall

equip

men

t ef

fect

iven

ess

1.1

1

lead

the

imple

men

tation o

f im

pro

vem

ents

to

work

ing p

ract

ices

thro

ugh t

he

tota

l pro

duct

ive

mai

nte

nan

ce a

ctiv

itie

s

1.1

2

confirm

im

pro

vem

ents

to w

ork

ing p

ract

ices

thro

ugh

thre

e of th

e fo

llow

ing:

• in

itia

l cl

eanin

g

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

116

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

counte

rmea

sure

s fo

r ca

use

and e

ffec

t of

dust

an

d d

irt

• cl

eanin

g a

nd lubrica

tion s

tandard

s

• gen

eral

insp

ection

• au

tonom

ous

insp

ection

• w

ork

pla

ce o

rgan

isat

ion

• fu

ll ci

rcle

im

ple

men

tation o

f au

tonom

ous

mai

nte

nan

ce

1.1

3

carr

y out

all

of th

e fo

llow

ing t

ota

l pro

duct

ive

mai

nte

nan

ce a

ctiv

itie

s:

• au

tonom

ous

mai

nte

nan

ce (

front

line

ass

et c

are)

• co

nditio

n-b

ased

mai

nte

nan

ce (

pre

dic

tive

)

• pla

nned

main

tenance

ste

ps

(fix

ed inte

rval)

2a

Know

how

to lea

d t

ota

l pro

duct

ive

mai

nte

nan

ce

(TPM

) act

ivitie

s

2.1

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

lea

din

g t

he

tota

l pro

duct

ive

mai

nte

nan

ce (

TPM

) act

ivitie

s

2.2

ex

pla

in h

ow

to p

lan t

he

reso

urc

es a

nd t

ime

nee

ded

to

car

ry o

ut

the

agre

ed a

ctiv

ity

2.3

des

crib

e th

e princi

ple

s of TPM

, and h

ow

they

can

be

applie

d in a

dm

inis

tration p

roce

dure

s, s

afet

y im

pro

vem

ent

and q

ual

ity

main

tenan

ce

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

117

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.4

ex

pla

in h

ow

to s

elec

t an

ass

et o

n w

hic

h t

o c

arry

out

the

TPM

act

ivity

(ass

ets

could

be

pla

nt

and

equip

men

t, m

achin

es,

off

ice

equip

men

t, s

ervi

ce

equip

men

t, u

tilit

ies)

2.5

ex

pla

in h

ow

to im

ple

men

t a s

yste

mat

ic a

nd

stru

cture

d a

ppro

ach

to c

arr

ying o

ut

auto

nom

ous,

co

nditio

n-b

ased

and p

lanned

mai

nte

nan

ce

2.6

des

crib

e th

e diffe

rence

bet

wee

n a

chro

nic

and

spora

dic

loss

, an

d t

he

counte

rmea

sure

s to

both

2.7

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

alcu

late

ove

rall

equip

men

t ef

fect

iven

ess

(OEE)

2.8

ex

pla

in w

her

e to

fin

d t

he

info

rmat

ion r

equired

to

calc

ula

te t

he

OEE f

or

the

chose

n a

sset

2.9

des

crib

e th

e ben

efits

of havi

ng a

TPM

sys

tem

2.1

0

des

crib

e th

e im

port

ance

of

taki

ng o

wner

ship

of th

e TPM

sys

tem

, and t

he

issu

es t

hat

can b

e ex

pec

ted t

o

be

reso

lved

2b

Know

how

to lea

d t

ota

l pro

duct

ive

mai

nte

nan

ce

(TPM

) act

ivitie

s (c

ontinued

)

2.1

1

des

crib

e th

e si

x m

ajor

loss

es a

nd h

ow

loss

-re

duct

ion a

ctio

ns

nee

d t

o b

e prioritise

d

2.1

2

des

crib

e th

e use

of

stan

dar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s,

single

poin

t le

ssons

and m

ach

ine/

pro

cess

sta

rt-u

p

and s

hutd

ow

n p

roce

dure

s

2.1

3

expla

in a

n a

war

enes

s of th

e im

pro

vem

ent

activi

ties

th

at w

ill d

rive

the

imple

men

tation o

f th

e TPM

ac

tivi

ties

(Kai

zen a

nd t

eam

work

ing)

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

118

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.1

4

expla

in c

ritica

l pro

cess

es a

nd e

arly

pro

ble

m

det

ection s

teps

2.1

5

expla

in loss

are

as a

nd o

pport

unitie

s fo

r im

pro

vem

ent

2.1

6

expla

in s

tandar

ds

of

wea

r an

d t

he

abili

ty t

o

stab

ilise

the

com

ponen

t lif

e

2.1

7

des

crib

e th

e te

chniq

ues

of

visu

al m

anagem

ent

use

d

to c

om

munic

ate

the

info

rmat

ion a

nd r

esults

obta

ined

by

this

pro

cess

(in

cludin

g T

PM a

ctiv

ity

boar

ds

and c

hec

klis

ts)

2.1

8

des

crib

e th

e in

tegra

tion w

ith w

ork

pla

ce

org

anis

atio

n a

nd im

pro

ving O

EE

2.1

9

expla

in c

onta

min

ants

and s

ourc

es o

f co

nta

min

ants

2.2

0

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

and t

o

whom

they

should

rep

ort

in t

he

even

t of

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


119

Unit 14: Leading statistical process control (SPC) activities

Unit reference number: J/600/5665

QCF level: 4

Credit value: 8


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required for leading statistical process control (SPC) activities. It involves leading the application of the principles and processes of SPC to an approved process, and the gathering of all the necessary data for analysis, in consultation with relevant people. The learner will be expected to lead the application of statistical process control, utilising statistical and graphical methods to represent the process conditions. Typically, these would focus on simple run charts, tally charts, bar charts, histograms, run charts, box plots time series charts, Pareto diagrams and stem and leaf plots.









120



N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

121

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1a

Lead

sta

tist

ical

pro

cess

co

ntr

ol (S

PC)

activi

ties

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

le

ad t

he

act

ivitie

s w

ithin

thei

r are

a of re

sponsi

bili

ty

to incl

ude

all of

the

follo

win

g:

• se

t out

and c

om

munic

ate

the

purp

ose

of th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivitie

s

• in

volv

e th

e te

am in p

lannin

g h

ow

the

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

will

be

ach

ieve

d

• en

sure

eac

h t

eam

mem

ber

has

indiv

idual

obje

ctiv

es a

nd u

nder

stan

ds

how

thes

e obje

ctiv

es c

ontr

ibute

to t

he

ove

rall

impro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

e

• pro

vide

advi

ce a

nd s

upport

the

team

to a

chie

ve

both

tea

m a

nd indiv

idual

im

pro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

es

• m

otiva

te t

he

team

to p

rese

nt

thei

r ow

n

impro

vem

ent

idea

s

• en

coura

ge

the

team

and/o

r in

div

idual

s to

tak

e th

e le

ad w

her

e ap

pro

priat

e

• ag

ree

the

imple

men

tation o

f th

e im

pro

vem

ent

idea

s

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

122

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

neg

otiate

any

phys

ical

and/o

r finan

cial

re

sourc

es r

equired

to im

ple

men

t th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivity

(wher

e appro

priat

e)

• m

onitor

the

pro

gre

ss o

f im

pro

vem

ent

activi

ties

• dea

l w

ith a

ny

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

ble

ms

iden

tified

during t

he

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

1.3

w

ork

to,

and e

nsu

re c

om

plia

nce

with,

all

the

required

pro

cess

monitoring d

ocu

men

tation a

nd

work

inst

ruct

ion s

hee

ts

1.4

ap

pro

ve t

he

pro

cess

on w

hic

h t

he

pro

cess

anal

ysis

is

to b

e ca

rrie

d o

ut

1.5

co

nsu

lt w

ith r

elev

ant

peo

ple

and lea

d t

he

gath

erin

g

of th

e nec

essa

ry d

ata

for

anal

ysis

1.6

le

ad t

he

applic

atio

n o

f th

e princi

ple

s an

d p

roce

sses

of

stat

istica

l pro

cess

contr

ol to

the

chose

n p

roce

ss

1b

Lead

sta

tist

ical

pro

cess

co

ntr

ol (S

PC)

activi

ties

(c

ontinued

)

1.7

le

ad t

he

per

form

ing o

f basi

c st

atis

tica

l pro

cess

co

ntr

ol, u

sing a

ppro

priat

e to

ols

and t

echniq

ues

1.8

le

ad t

he

use

of st

atis

tica

l an

d g

raphic

al m

ethods

to

repre

sent

the

pro

cess

conditio

ns

1.9

ap

pro

ve t

he

capab

ility

of th

e pro

cess

, id

entify

ing:

• Cp

• Cpk

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

123

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1.1

0

lead

the

pro

duct

ion o

f ch

arts

for

pro

cess

and

contr

ol in

form

atio

n,

to incl

ude

thre

e fr

om

:

• si

mple

run c

har

ts

• ta

lly c

har

ts

• bar

char

ts

• his

togra

ms

• box

plo

ts

• tim

e se

ries

char

ts

• Pa

reto

dia

gra

ms

• st

em a

nd lea

f plo

ts

• ru

n c

har

ts

1.1

1

agre

e ac

tivi

ties

, w

hic

h w

ill im

pro

ve t

he

pro

cess

per

form

ance

1.1

2

appro

ve t

he

pro

duct

ion o

f an

act

ion p

lan t

o

imple

men

t th

e im

pro

vem

ents

2a

Know

how

to lea

d

stat

istica

l pro

cess

contr

ol

(SPC

) ac

tivi

ties

2.1

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

lea

din

g t

he

pro

cess

contr

ol

activi

ties

2.2

ex

pla

in h

ow

to p

lan t

he

reso

urc

es a

nd t

ime

nee

ded

to

car

ry o

ut

the

agre

ed a

ctiv

ity

2.3

ex

pla

in w

her

e pro

cess

contr

ol fits

within

a

continuous

impro

vem

ent

envi

ronm

ent

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

124

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.4

ex

pla

in h

ow

pro

cess

per

form

ance

affec

ts c

ust

om

er

satisf

act

ion a

nd p

roce

ss c

ost

s

2.5

ex

pla

in w

her

e an

d w

hy

stat

istica

l pro

cess

contr

ol is

use

d,

the

ben

efits,

and h

ow

it

is a

pplie

d

2.6

des

crib

e th

e im

port

ance

of

stan

dar

dis

ation w

ithin

a

pro

cess

oper

atio

n,

and w

hy

pro

cess

per

form

ance

ca

n o

nly

be

det

erm

ined

when

it

is c

ontr

olle

d

2.7

ex

pla

in h

ow

pro

cess

contr

ol ca

n im

pro

ve p

roce

ss

per

form

ance

2.8

des

crib

e th

e ben

efits

of pre

vention a

nd d

etec

tion

2.9

des

crib

e th

e tw

o t

ypes

of

variation w

ithin

a p

roce

ss

(com

mon c

ause

, sp

ecia

l ca

use

), a

nd t

he

impac

t th

ey h

ave

within

the

pro

cess

2b

Know

how

to lea

d

stat

istica

l pro

cess

contr

ol

(SPC)

activi

ties

(c

ontinued

)

2.1

0

expla

in h

ow

to g

ather

dat

a a

nd e

ffec

tive

ly a

nal

yse

it;

how

the

dat

a c

an b

e use

d t

o c

om

munic

ate

abnorm

alit

ies

within

a p

roce

ss

2.1

1

des

crib

e th

e m

ain t

ypes

of

contr

ol ch

arts

use

d f

or

spc,

thei

r fe

ature

s an

d b

enef

its,

and h

ow

to

const

ruct

and im

ple

men

t th

em

2.1

2

des

crib

e th

e m

eanin

g o

f a

‘popula

tion’ an

d a

‘s

ample

’

2.1

3

des

crib

e th

e m

easu

rem

ents

of ce

ntr

al t

enden

cy a

nd

variab

ility

, an

d h

ow

they

are

cal

cula

ted

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

125

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.1

4

des

crib

e th

e pro

per

ties

of a n

orm

al c

urv

e of

dis

trib

ution

2.1

5

expla

in h

ow

to c

reate

chart

s or

dia

gra

ms

(such

as

run c

hart

s, h

isto

gra

ms,

box

plo

ts,

tim

e se

ries

ch

arts

, par

eto d

iagra

ms,

and s

tem

and lea

f plo

ts)

2.1

6

expla

in h

ow

to e

xpla

in t

he

term

s an

d c

alc

ula

te

mea

n,

med

ian,

mode,

sta

ndar

d d

evia

tion,

range

and v

arian

ce

2.1

7

expla

in h

ow

to e

xpla

in a

nd c

alcu

late

pro

cess

ca

pab

ility

(Cp a

nd C

pk)

2.1

8

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

, an

d t

o

whom

they

should

rep

ort

in t

he

even

t of

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

126


127

Unit 15: Leading flow process analysis activities

Unit reference number: R/600/5684

QCF level: 4

Credit value: 14


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to lead flow process analysis activities. It involves coordinating the application of the principles and procedures of flow process analysis, within a given work area, to lead to the production of a process analysis sheet. The learner will be required to discuss and agree elements of waste and problems or conditions within the process where improvements can be made. The learner will need to lead an evaluation and prioritisation of the opportunities for improvement, and to assist in this activity they will be required to approve the content of a payback matrix.









128



N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

129

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1a

Lead

flo

w p

roce

ss a

nal

ysis

ac

tivi

ties

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

le

ad t

he

act

ivitie

s w

ithin

thei

r are

a of re

sponsi

bili

ty

to incl

ude

all of

the

follo

win

g:

• se

t out

and c

om

munic

ate

the

purp

ose

of th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivitie

s

• in

volv

e th

e te

am in p

lannin

g h

ow

the

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

will

be

ach

ieve

d

• en

sure

eac

h t

eam

mem

ber

has

indiv

idual

obje

ctiv

es a

nd u

nder

stan

ds

how

thes

e obje

ctiv

es c

ontr

ibute

to t

he

ove

rall

impro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

e

• pro

vide

advi

ce a

nd s

upport

the

team

to a

chie

ve

both

tea

m a

nd indiv

idual

im

pro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

es

• m

otiva

te t

he

team

to p

rese

nt

thei

r ow

n

impro

vem

ent

idea

s

• en

coura

ge

the

team

and/o

r in

div

idual

s to

tak

e th

e le

ad w

her

e ap

pro

priat

e

• ag

ree

the

imple

men

tation o

f th

e im

pro

vem

ent

idea

s

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

130

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

neg

otiate

any

phys

ical

and/o

r finan

cial

re

sourc

es r

equired

to im

ple

men

t th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivity

(wher

e appro

priat

e)

• m

onitor

the

pro

gre

ss o

f im

pro

vem

ent

activi

ties

• dea

l w

ith a

ny

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

ble

ms

iden

tified

during t

he

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

1.3

co

ord

inat

e th

e flow

pro

cess

analy

sis

map

pin

g

activi

ty w

ithin

a g

iven

work

are

a

1.4

le

ad t

he

pro

duct

ion o

f an

d a

ppro

ve a

flo

w p

roce

ss

anal

ysis

shee

t

1.5

dis

cuss

and a

gre

e opport

unitie

s fo

r im

pro

vem

ent

within

the

pro

cess

1b

Lead

flo

w p

roce

ss a

nal

ysis

ac

tivi

ties

(co

ntinued

) 1.6

le

ad a

n e

valu

atio

n o

f th

e opport

unitie

s fo

r im

pro

vem

ent,

and a

ppro

ve t

he

prioritisa

tion o

f th

ese

usi

ng s

uitab

le c

rite

ria

1.7

le

ad a

n a

nal

ysis

of th

e dat

a o

bta

ined

into

both

:

• non-v

alue

added

act

ivity

• va

lue-

added

act

ivity

1.8

ag

ree

quantifiable

obje

ctiv

es a

nd t

arget

s fo

r al

l th

e def

ined

im

pro

vem

ent

activi

ties

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

131

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1.9

le

ad t

he

crea

tion o

f, a

nd a

gre

e on,

an a

ctio

n p

lan

whic

h:

• el

imin

ates

non-v

alue

added

act

ivity

• si

mplif

ies

valu

e-added

act

ivity

2a

Know

how

to lea

d f

low

pro

cess

anal

ysis

act

ivitie

s 2.1

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

lea

din

g t

he

flow

pro

cess

an

alys

is a

ctiv

itie

s

2.2

ex

pla

in h

ow

to p

lan t

he

reso

urc

es a

nd t

ime

nee

ded

to

car

ry o

ut

the

agre

ed a

ctiv

ity

2.3

ex

pla

in h

ow

to d

escr

ibe

a pro

cess

in its

el

emen

ts/a

ctiv

itie

s of w

ork

2.4

des

crib

e th

e ei

ght

form

s of w

aste

within

a lea

n

work

ing e

nvi

ronm

ent

2.5

des

crib

e th

e sy

mbols

and a

bbre

viat

ions

use

d for

flow

pro

cess

anal

ysis

(su

ch a

s th

ose

def

ined

by

the

Am

eric

an S

tandar

d for

Met

hods

Engin

eering (

asm

e)

- to

incl

ude

oper

atio

n,

insp

ection,

tran

sport

, w

aiting,

stora

ge)

2.6

ex

pla

in h

ow

to m

ap o

ut

a p

roce

ss o

r dep

loym

ent

flow

char

t, u

sing t

he

reco

gnis

ed s

ymbols

2.7

ex

pla

in w

hat

are

cla

ssed

as

valu

e-ad

ded

and n

on-

valu

e ad

ded

act

ivitie

s

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

132

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2b

Know

how

to lea

d f

low

pro

cess

anal

ysis

act

ivitie

s (c

ontinued

)

2.8

ex

pla

in h

ow

to e

stablis

h w

hic

h o

f th

e el

emen

ts/a

ctiv

itie

s in

the

pro

cess

are

valu

e-ad

ded

or

non-v

alue

added

2.9

ex

pla

in h

ow

to iden

tify

opport

unitie

s fo

r im

pro

vem

ents

to t

he

pro

cess

2.1

0

expla

in h

ow

to u

se d

ata

to e

limin

ate

act

ivitie

s th

at

do n

ot

add v

alue

to t

he

pro

cess

2.1

1

expla

in h

ow

to c

onst

ruct

an a

ctio

n p

lan t

hat

will

si

mplif

y th

e va

lue-

added

act

ivitie

s an

d e

limin

ate

the

non-v

alu

e ad

ded

act

ivitie

s

2.1

2

expla

in h

ow

to c

onst

ruct

an a

ctio

n p

lan (

such

as

pay

back

mat

rix)

2.1

3

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

, an

d t

o

whom

they

should

rep

ort

in t

he

even

t of

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


133

Unit 16: Leading policy deployment activities (Hoshin Kanri, quality operating systems, business plan deployment)


QCF level: 4

Credit value: 9


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required for leading policy deployment activities (Hoshin Kanri, quality operating systems, business plan deployment). It involves leading the application of the principles and processes of business plan deployment in the learner’s local area, and agreeing the area goals for the customer and the business they work in, to enable improvement opportunities and conditions to be approved which, when implemented, will deliver the local area policy deployment plan.









134



N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

135

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1a

Lead

polic

y dep

loym

ent

activi

ties

(H

osh

in K

anri,

qual

ity

oper

atin

g s

yste

ms,

busi

nes

s pla

n d

eplo

ymen

t)

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

le

ad t

he

act

ivitie

s w

ithin

thei

r are

a of re

sponsi

bili

ty

to incl

ude

all of

the

follo

win

g:

• se

t out

and c

om

munic

ate

the

purp

ose

of th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivitie

s

• in

volv

e th

e te

am in p

lannin

g h

ow

the

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

will

be

ach

ieve

d

• en

sure

eac

h t

eam

mem

ber

has

indiv

idual

obje

ctiv

es a

nd u

nder

stan

ds

how

thes

e obje

ctiv

es c

ontr

ibute

to t

he

ove

rall

impro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

e

• pro

vide

advi

ce a

nd s

upport

the

team

to a

chie

ve

both

tea

m a

nd indiv

idual

im

pro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

es

• m

otiva

te t

he

team

to p

rese

nt

thei

r ow

n

impro

vem

ent

idea

s

• en

coura

ge

the

team

and/o

r in

div

idual

s to

tak

e th

e le

ad w

her

e ap

pro

priat

e

• ag

ree

the

imple

men

tation o

f th

e im

pro

vem

ent

idea

s

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

136

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

neg

otiate

any

phys

ical

and/o

r finan

cial

re

sourc

es r

equired

to im

ple

men

t th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivity

(wher

e appro

priat

e)

• m

onitor

the

pro

gre

ss o

f im

pro

vem

ent

activi

ties

• dea

l w

ith a

ny

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

ble

ms

iden

tified

during t

he

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

1.3

ev

aluat

e th

e cu

rren

t polic

y dep

loym

ent

pla

n

1.4

le

ad t

he

polic

y dep

loym

ent

pro

cess

in y

our

loca

l ar

ea a

nd a

gre

e th

e are

a goal

s

1.5

co

nfirm

the

area

goals

for:

• cu

stom

ers

• th

e busi

nes

s in

whic

h t

hey

work

1b

Lead

polic

y dep

loym

ent

activi

ties

(H

osh

in K

anri,

qual

ity

oper

atin

g s

yste

ms,

busi

nes

s pla

n d

eplo

ymen

t)

(continued

)

1.6

ap

pro

ve im

pro

vem

ent

opport

unitie

s an

d c

onditio

ns

whic

h,

when

im

ple

men

ted,

del

iver

the

loca

l ar

ea

polic

y dep

loym

ent

pla

n

1.7

use

at

leas

t fo

ur

of

the

follo

win

g c

rite

ria

when

ap

pro

ving im

pro

vem

ent

opport

unitie

s:

• is

ther

e lo

cal co

mm

itm

ent

to d

eliv

er t

he

impro

vem

ent

pla

n?

• is

the

pla

n c

om

munic

ated

to e

very

one

in t

he

busi

nes

s?

• ar

e al

l em

plo

yees

aw

are

of,

and e

ngag

ed,

in t

he

loca

l polic

y pla

n?

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

137

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

do loca

l m

easu

res

reflec

t polic

y dep

loym

ent

pla

ns?

• ar

e polic

y re

view

dat

es a

dher

ed t

o?

• ar

e cr

oss

-funct

ional boundar

ies

elim

inat

ed?

• ar

e im

pro

vem

ent

actions

linke

d t

o t

he

polic

y dep

loym

ent

pla

n?

1.8

co

nfirm

quan

tifiab

le o

bje

ctiv

es a

nd t

arget

s fo

r al

l th

e def

ined

im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivitie

s, a

nd a

gre

e an

ap

pro

priat

e m

easu

re a

nd t

imes

cale

for

com

ple

tion

1.9

le

ad t

he

pro

duct

ion o

f an

d a

ppro

ve t

he

polic

y dep

loym

ent

pla

n a

nd c

om

munic

ate

the

pla

n in a

n

appro

priat

e vi

sual

form

at

1.1

0

lead

the

pro

duct

ion o

f a

visu

al c

om

munic

ation o

f th

e pla

ns,

whic

h m

ust

incl

ude

all of th

e fo

llow

ing:

• th

e re

sourc

es r

equired

• m

easu

res

of per

form

ance

• tim

esca

les

for

com

ple

tion

• re

view

dat

es o

f ea

ch a

ctiv

ity

• as

signed

ow

ner

ship

and r

esponsi

bili

ty for

each

ac

tion

• th

e ord

er o

f im

port

ance

of

each

im

pro

vem

ent

activi

ty

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

138

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2a

Know

how

to lea

d p

olic

y dep

loym

ent

activi

ties

(H

osh

in K

anri,

qual

ity

oper

atin

g s

yste

ms,

busi

nes

s pla

n d

eplo

ymen

t)

2.1

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

work

are

a in w

hic

h t

hey

are

lea

din

g t

he

impro

vem

ent

act

ivitie

s

2.2

ex

pla

in h

ow

to p

lan t

he

reso

urc

es a

nd t

ime

nee

ded

to

car

ry o

ut

the

agre

ed a

ctiv

ity

2.3

ex

pla

in w

her

e to

fin

d t

he

info

rmat

ion r

equired

to

dev

elop a

loca

l polic

y dep

loym

ent

pla

n

2.4

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

reate

polic

y dep

loym

ent

pla

ns

2.5

des

crib

e th

e te

chniq

ues

use

d t

o c

om

munic

ate

the

info

rmat

ion a

nd r

esults

obta

ined

by

this

pro

cess

2.6

ex

pla

in h

ow

to d

iffe

rentiat

e bet

wee

n y

our

busi

nes

s vi

sion,

mis

sion a

nd m

ain b

usi

nes

s drive

rs

2b

Know

how

to lea

d p

olic

y dep

loym

ent

activi

ties

(H

osh

in K

anri,

qual

ity

oper

atin

g s

yste

ms,

busi

nes

s pla

n d

eplo

ymen

t)

(continued

)

2.7

ex

pla

in m

easu

res

of per

form

ance

in a

lea

n b

usi

nes

s en

viro

nm

ent

2.8

des

crib

e th

e lim

its

of

your

resp

onsi

bili

ty a

nd

invo

lvem

ent

in t

he

polic

y dep

loym

ent

pla

nnin

g

pro

cess

2.9

des

crib

e th

e ty

pes

of

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

that

will

drive

the

imple

men

tation o

f th

e busi

nes

s pla

n (

eg

man

agem

ent

tools

and t

echniq

ues

whic

h c

ontr

ibute

to

qualit

y, c

ost

, del

iver

y and r

esponsi

venes

s)

2.1

0

des

crib

e th

e m

eanin

g a

nd a

pplic

atio

n o

f th

e D

emin

g c

ycle

(pla

n,

do,

chec

k, a

ct)

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

139

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.1

1

des

crib

e th

e ap

plic

ation o

f gap

anal

ysis

(cu

rren

t si

tuat

ion v

ersu

s des

ired

situat

ion)

2.1

2

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

, an

d t

o

whom

they

should

rep

ort

in t

he

even

t of

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

140


141

Unit 17: Leading value management (value engineering and value analysis) activities


QCF level: 4

Credit value: 11


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required for leading value management (value engineering and value analysis) activities. It involves leading the application of the principles and processes of value management (VM) to the chosen product or process. The learner will be expected to confirm what the customer requires from the product or the process, and to approve quantifiable objectives and targets to achieve this. The learner will need to lead the analysis of the functions of the process, agree costs of each of these functions, and confirm the added and non-value added activities within the process. The learner will also be expected to approve the most appropriate alternatives, lead a risk assessment of the alternatives, prioritise and rank the alternatives, and confirm the expected benefits. The learner will need to lead the development of these alternatives into detailed proposals that will improve the value of the product or process, and provide costing recommendations for management approval.








142




N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

143

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1a

Lead

val

ue

man

agem

ent

(val

ue

engin

eering a

nd

valu

e an

alys

is)

activi

ties

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

le

ad t

he

act

ivitie

s w

ithin

thei

r are

a of re

sponsi

bili

ty

to incl

ude

all of

the

follo

win

g:

• se

t out

and c

om

munic

ate

the

purp

ose

of th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivitie

s

• in

volv

e th

e te

am in p

lannin

g h

ow

the

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

will

be

ach

ieve

d

• en

sure

eac

h t

eam

mem

ber

has

indiv

idual

obje

ctiv

es a

nd u

nder

stan

ds

how

thes

e obje

ctiv

es c

ontr

ibute

to t

he

ove

rall

impro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

e

• pro

vide

advi

ce a

nd s

upport

the

team

to a

chie

ve

both

tea

m a

nd indiv

idual

im

pro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

es

• m

otiva

te t

he

team

to p

rese

nt

thei

r ow

n

impro

vem

ent

idea

s

• en

coura

ge

the

team

and/o

r in

div

idual

s to

tak

e th

e le

ad w

her

e ap

pro

priat

e

• ag

ree

the

imple

men

tation o

f th

e im

pro

vem

ent

idea

s

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

144

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

neg

otiate

any

phys

ical

and/o

r finan

cial

re

sourc

es r

equired

to im

ple

men

t th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivity

(wher

e appro

priat

e)

• m

onitor

the

pro

gre

ss o

f im

pro

vem

ent

activi

ties

• dea

l w

ith a

ny

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

ble

ms

iden

tified

during t

he

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

1.3

le

ad t

he

applic

atio

n o

f th

e princi

ple

s an

d p

roce

sses

of

valu

e m

anag

emen

t (V

M)

to t

he

chose

n p

roduct

or

pro

cess

1.4

co

nfirm

what

the

cust

om

er r

equires

fro

m t

he

pro

duct

or

the

pro

cess

and a

ppro

ve q

uan

tifiab

le

obje

ctiv

es a

nd t

arget

s fo

r th

e va

lue

managem

ent

activi

ty

1.5

le

ad t

he

anal

ysis

of

the

funct

ions

of th

e pro

duct

or

pro

cess

bei

ng s

tudie

d a

nd a

gre

e al

loca

ted c

ost

s to

th

ose

funct

ions

1b

Lead

val

ue

man

agem

ent

(val

ue

engin

eering a

nd

valu

e an

alys

is)

activi

ties

(c

ontinued

)

1.6

le

ad t

he

pro

duct

ion o

f a

tota

l co

st m

odel

and s

upply

a

chai

n m

ap for

the

pro

duct

or

pro

cess

, w

hic

h

show

s how

cost

are

rel

ated

to f

unct

ion

1.7

co

nfirm

the

non-v

alue

added

act

ivity

within

the

pro

duct

or

pro

cess

, and a

ppro

ve a

lter

nat

ives

1.8

le

ad t

he

dev

elopm

ent

of th

ese

alte

rnat

ives

into

det

aile

d p

roposa

ls t

hat

will

im

pro

ve t

he

valu

e of th

e pro

duct

or

pro

cess

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

145

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1.9

le

ad t

he

pro

duct

ion o

f det

aile

d p

roposa

ls o

f th

e findin

gs

of th

e va

lue

man

agem

ent

act

ivitie

s w

hic

h:

• id

entify

the

non-v

alue

added

act

ivitie

s an

d

indic

ate

alter

nat

ives

• prioritise

and r

ank

the

alte

rnat

ives

• in

clude

a r

isk

asse

ssm

ent

of

the

alte

rnat

ives

• id

entify

the

most

appro

priat

e alter

nat

ives

• pro

vide

cost

ing r

ecom

men

dat

ions

for

man

agem

ent

appro

val

• id

entify

exp

ecte

d b

enef

its

1.1

0

appro

ve t

he

new

val

ue-

added

pro

cess

and m

anag

e th

e pla

n w

ithin

agre

ed t

imes

cale

s

2a

Know

how

to lea

d v

alue

man

agem

ent

(val

ue

engin

eering a

nd v

alue

anal

ysis

) act

ivitie

s

2.1

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

work

are

a in w

hic

h t

hey

are

lea

din

g t

he

valu

e m

anag

emen

t act

ivitie

s

2.2

ex

pla

in h

ow

to p

lan t

he

reso

urc

es a

nd t

ime

nee

ded

to

car

ry o

ut

the

agre

ed a

ctiv

ity

2.3

ex

pla

in h

ow

to s

elec

t a

pro

duct

or

pro

cess

on w

hic

h

to c

arry

out

the

valu

e m

anag

emen

t act

ivity

2.4

ex

pla

in h

ow

to s

truct

ure

and r

un a

val

ue

man

agem

ent

act

ivity

2.5

ex

pla

in h

ow

to s

et q

uan

tifiab

le o

bje

ctiv

es a

nd

targ

ets

for

the

valu

e m

anag

emen

t act

ivity

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

146

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.6

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

arry

out

a funct

ion a

naly

sis

2.7

des

crib

e th

e per

form

ance

rel

ated

tools

use

d t

o

qual

ify

cust

om

er w

ants

and n

eeds

2.8

des

crib

e th

e ‘c

ost

of fu

nct

ion’ eq

uat

ion,

and h

ow

to

calc

ula

te t

he

cost

of

funct

ion

2.9

ex

pla

in F

AST d

iagra

mm

ing a

nd v

alu

e tr

ees

2.1

0

expla

in d

ecis

ion m

akin

g a

nd c

reat

ivity

tech

niq

ues

(b

rain

storm

ing)

2b

Know

how

to lea

d v

alue

man

agem

ent

(val

ue

engin

eering a

nd v

alue

anal

ysis

) act

ivitie

s (c

ontinued

)

2.1

1

expla

in h

ow

val

ue

man

agem

ent

rela

tes

to t

he

ove

rall

busi

nes

s st

rate

gy

and c

om

pet

itiv

e posi

tionin

g

2.1

2

expla

in h

ow

to p

roduce

a t

ota

l co

st m

odel

and

supply

chain

map

for

the

pro

duct

or

pro

cess

2.1

3

expla

in w

hat

const

itute

s va

lue

addin

g a

nd n

on-

valu

e ad

din

g a

ctiv

itie

s

2.1

4

expla

in h

ow

to iden

tify

what

a c

ust

om

er r

equires

fr

om

a p

roduct

or

pro

cess

2.1

5

expla

in h

ow

to p

rioritise

and r

ank

the

alte

rnat

ives

2.1

6

expla

in h

ow

to c

om

ple

te a

ris

k as

sess

men

t of

the

alte

rnat

ives

2.1

7

expla

in h

ow

to p

repare

the

findin

gs

into

pro

posa

ls

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

147

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.1

8

expla

in h

ow

to m

onitor

and t

rack

pro

posa

ls t

o

imple

men

tation

2.1

9

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

, an

d t

o

whom

they

should

rep

ort

in t

he

even

t of

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

148


149

Unit 18: Leading failure modes and effects analysis (FMEA) activities


QCF level: 4

Credit value: 9


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required for leading failure modes and effects analysis (FMEA) activities. It involves leading the principles and processes of FMEA and agreeing the key features of FMEA required for the activity under investigation. The activities will include concepts, designs, systems, products, processes and machines. The learner will be required to agree the key features of FMEA, check the recording of the information gathered in an appropriate format, and consider and approve valid judgements about the activity using FMEA principles. This will include approving risk priority numbers (RPNs), agreeing high RPNs and agreeing actions to improve them. Once actions have been completed, the learner will need to lead the reassessment of the activity and review the re-score of severity, occurrence and detection.









150



N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

151

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1a

Lead

fai

lure

modes

and

effe

cts

analy

sis

(FM

EA)

activi

ties

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

le

ad t

he

act

ivitie

s w

ithin

thei

r are

a of re

sponsi

bili

ty

to incl

ude

all of

the

follo

win

g:

• se

t out

and c

om

munic

ate

the

purp

ose

of th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivitie

s

• in

volv

e th

e te

am in p

lannin

g h

ow

the

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

will

be

ach

ieve

d

• en

sure

eac

h t

eam

mem

ber

has

indiv

idual

obje

ctiv

es a

nd u

nder

stan

ds

how

thes

e obje

ctiv

es c

ontr

ibute

to t

he

ove

rall

impro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

e

• pro

vide

advi

ce a

nd s

upport

the

team

to a

chie

ve

both

tea

m a

nd indiv

idual

im

pro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

es

• m

otiva

te t

he

team

to p

rese

nt

thei

r ow

n

impro

vem

ent

idea

s

• en

coura

ge

the

team

and/o

r in

div

idual

s to

tak

e th

e le

ad w

her

e ap

pro

priat

e

• ag

ree

the

imple

men

tation o

f th

e im

pro

vem

ent

idea

s

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

152

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

neg

otiate

any

phys

ical

and/o

r finan

cial

re

sourc

es r

equired

to im

ple

men

t th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivity

(wher

e appro

priat

e)

• m

onitor

the

pro

gre

ss o

f im

pro

vem

ent

activi

ties

• dea

l w

ith a

ny

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

ble

ms

iden

tified

during t

he

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

1.3

ag

ree

the

key

featu

res

of

failu

re m

odes

and e

ffec

ts

anal

ysis

req

uired

for

the

act

ivity

under

inve

stig

atio

n

1.4

le

ad t

he

carr

ying o

ut

of a failu

re m

odes

and e

ffec

ts

anal

ysis

on t

wo o

f th

e fo

llow

ing:

• co

nce

pt

• pro

duct

• des

ign

• pro

cess

• sy

stem

• m

achin

e

1.5

ag

ree,

for

the

act

ivitie

s an

aly

sed:

• th

e pote

ntial

failu

re m

odes

• th

e pote

ntial

effec

ts f

rom

fai

lure

modes

• th

e pote

ntial

cau

ses

of fa

ilure

modes

1.6

co

ord

inat

e th

e pro

duct

ion o

f a fai

lure

modes

and

effe

cts

analy

sis

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

153

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1b

Lead

fai

lure

modes

and

effe

cts

analy

sis

(FM

EA)

activi

ties

(co

ntinued

)

1.7

ch

eck

the

reco

rdin

g o

f th

e in

form

atio

n g

ather

ed in

an a

ppro

priat

e fo

rmat

1.8

ap

pro

ve t

he

score

for

all of th

e fo

llow

ing:

• th

e lik

ely

occ

urr

ence

of pote

ntial fa

ilure

modes

• th

e se

verity

of th

e pote

ntial

failu

re m

odes

• th

e lik

elih

ood o

f det

ection o

f th

e pote

ntial

failu

re m

odes

1.9

co

nsi

der

and a

ppro

ve v

alid

judgem

ents

about

the

activi

ty u

sing failu

re m

odes

and e

ffec

ts a

nal

ysis

princi

ple

s

1.1

0

appro

ve t

he

risk

priority

num

ber

s (R

PNS)

calc

ula

tions,

agre

e hig

h R

PNS,

and a

gre

e ac

tions

to

impro

ve t

hem

1.1

1

chec

k ra

ting t

able

s fo

r al

l of th

e fo

llow

ing:

• occ

urr

ence

• se

verity

• det

ection

1.1

2

lead

the

reas

sess

men

t of

a fa

ilure

modes

and

effe

cts

analy

sis

once

act

ions

have

bee

n c

om

ple

ted,

and r

evie

w t

he

re-s

core

of

seve

rity

, occ

urr

ence

and

det

ection

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

154

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2a

Know

how

to lea

d f

ailu

re

modes

and e

ffec

ts

anal

ysis

(FM

EA)

activi

ties

2.1

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

lea

din

g t

he

failu

re m

odes

an

d e

ffec

ts a

nal

ysis

2.2

ex

pla

in h

ow

to p

lan t

he

reso

urc

es a

nd t

ime

nee

ded

to

car

ry o

ut

the

agre

ed a

ctiv

ity

2.3

des

crib

e th

e m

ain fea

ture

s an

d b

enef

its

of ca

rryi

ng

out

a fai

lure

modes

and e

ffec

ts a

nal

ysis

2.4

ex

pla

in w

ho s

hould

be

par

t of a t

eam

that

co

nst

ruct

s an

d u

pdate

s a failu

re m

odes

and e

ffec

ts

anal

ysis

2.5

ex

pla

in s

yste

m F

MEA,

conce

pt

FMEA,

des

ign F

MEA

and p

roce

ss F

MEA -

what

they

are

and w

her

e th

ey

should

use

them

2.6

des

crib

e th

e m

eanin

g o

f fa

ilure

mode,

fai

lure

effec

t an

d failu

re c

ause

2.7

des

crib

e th

e ra

ting s

cale

use

d in fai

lure

modes

and

effe

cts

analy

sis

pro

ject

s, t

o incl

ude

the

seve

rity

ra

ting s

cale

, th

e occ

urr

ence

rat

ing s

cale

and t

he

det

ection r

atin

g s

cale

2b

Know

how

to lea

d f

ailu

re

modes

and e

ffec

ts

anal

ysis

(FM

EA)

activi

ties

(c

ontinued

)

2.8

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

alcu

late

a r

isk

priority

num

ber

(r

pn)

2.9

ex

pla

in h

ow

to u

se t

he

risk

priority

num

ber

s

2.1

0

expla

in h

ow

to a

pply

a s

truct

ure

d a

ppro

ach

to r

isk

reduct

ion

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

155

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.1

1

expla

in w

hen

to s

tart

a fai

lure

modes

and e

ffec

ts

anal

ysis

2.1

2

expla

in w

hen

to u

pdate

a f

ailu

re m

odes

and e

ffec

ts

anal

ysis

2.1

3

des

crib

e th

e ro

les

and r

esponsi

bili

ties

of

indiv

iduals

w

ithin

a failu

re m

odes

and e

ffec

ts a

naly

sis

team

2.1

4

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

within

th

e pro

ject

and t

o w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

in t

he

even

t of pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

156


157

Unit 19: Leading measurement systems analysis (MSA) activities


QCF level: 4

Credit value: 9


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required for leading measurement systems analysis (MSA) activities. It involves approving an appropriate measurement system on which to carry out the analysis, and obtaining and approving all the necessary data in order to carry out the measurement systems analysis. The learner will be expected to lead the application of the principles and processes of measurement system analysis, which will include such things as directing the completion of a calibration study on a gauge, leading a gauge linearity study, leading either an attribute or a variable gauge repeatability and reproducibility study, directing a metrology study on a measurement system which includes either a variable or attribute gauge repeatability and reproducibility study.









158



N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

159

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1a

Lead

mea

sure

men

t sy

stem

s anal

ysis

(M

SA)

activi

ties

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

le

ad t

he

act

ivitie

s w

ithin

thei

r are

a of re

sponsi

bili

ty

to incl

ude

all of

the

follo

win

g:

• se

t out

and c

om

munic

ate

the

purp

ose

of th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivitie

s

• in

volv

e th

e te

am in p

lannin

g h

ow

the

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

will

be

ach

ieve

d

• en

sure

eac

h t

eam

mem

ber

has

indiv

idual

obje

ctiv

es a

nd u

nder

stan

ds

how

thes

e obje

ctiv

es c

ontr

ibute

to t

he

ove

rall

impro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

e

• pro

vide

advi

ce a

nd s

upport

the

team

to a

chie

ve

both

tea

m a

nd indiv

idual

im

pro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

es

• m

otiva

te t

he

team

to p

rese

nt

thei

r ow

n

impro

vem

ent

idea

s

• en

coura

ge

the

team

and/o

r in

div

idual

s to

tak

e th

e le

ad w

her

e ap

pro

priat

e

• ag

ree

the

imple

men

tation o

f th

e im

pro

vem

ent

idea

s

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

160

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

neg

otiate

any

phys

ical

and/o

r finan

cial

re

sourc

es r

equired

to im

ple

men

t th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivity

(wher

e appro

priat

e)

• m

onitor

the

pro

gre

ss o

f im

pro

vem

ent

activi

ties

• dea

l w

ith a

ny

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

ble

ms

iden

tified

during t

he

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

1.3

ap

pro

ve t

he

sele

ctio

n o

f an

appro

priat

e m

easu

rem

ent

syst

em o

n w

hic

h t

o c

arr

y out

the

anal

ysis

1.4

le

ad t

he

carr

ying o

ut

of a m

easu

rem

ent

syst

em

anal

ysis

, w

hic

h incl

udes

thre

e fr

om

the

follo

win

g:

• co

mple

ting a

cal

ibra

tion s

tudy

on a

gau

ge

• co

nduct

ing a

gau

ge

linea

rity

stu

dy

• co

mple

ting e

ither

an a

ttribute

or

a va

riable

gau

ge

repea

tabili

ty a

nd r

epro

duci

bili

ty s

tudy

• co

nduct

ing a

met

rolo

gy

study

on a

m

easu

rem

ent

syst

em w

hic

h incl

udes

either

a

variab

le o

r at

trib

ute

gau

ge

repea

tabili

ty a

nd

repro

duci

bili

ty s

tudy

1.5

obta

in a

nd a

ppro

ve a

ll th

e nec

essa

ry d

ata

in o

rder

to

car

ry o

ut

the

mea

sure

men

t sy

stem

s an

alys

is

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

161

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1b

Lead

mea

sure

men

t sy

stem

s anal

ysis

(M

SA)

activi

ties

(co

ntinued

)

1.6

le

ad t

he

carr

ying o

ut

of th

e an

aly

sis,

usi

ng t

he

appro

priat

e te

chniq

ues

1.7

ag

ree

the

type

of m

easu

rem

ent

syst

em v

ariat

ion,

to incl

ude

two o

f th

e fo

llow

ing:

• bia

s

• lin

eari

ty

• st

abili

ty

• ac

cura

cy

• re

pea

tabili

ty

• re

pro

duci

bili

ty

1.8

co

nfirm

the

reco

rdin

g o

f th

e re

sults

of th

e an

alys

is

in t

he

appro

priat

e fo

rmat

1.9

ag

ree

the

per

centa

ge

gau

ge

repea

tabili

ty a

nd

repro

duci

bili

ty o

f th

e m

easu

rem

ent

syst

em u

nder

st

udy,

and a

ppro

ve w

ays

of im

pro

ving t

he

mea

sure

men

t sy

stem

1.1

0

lead

the

pro

duct

ion o

f a

mea

sure

men

t sy

stem

s an

alys

is r

eport

, det

ailin

g w

ays

of im

pro

ving t

he

mea

sure

men

t sy

stem

under

stu

dy

2a

Know

how

to lea

d

mea

sure

men

t sy

stem

s an

alys

is (

MSA)

activi

ties

2.1

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

lea

din

g t

he

mea

sure

men

t sy

stem

s anal

ysis

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

162

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.2

ex

pla

in h

ow

to p

lan t

he

reso

urc

es a

nd t

ime

nee

ded

to

car

ry o

ut

the

agre

ed a

ctiv

ity

2.3

ex

pla

in w

hy

we

should

stu

dy

our

mea

sure

men

t sy

stem

s

2.4

ex

pla

in h

ow

to s

elec

t a

mea

sure

men

t sy

stem

for

anal

ysis

2.5

des

crib

e th

e poss

ible

sourc

es o

f m

easu

rem

ent

syst

ems

variat

ion

2.6

des

crib

e th

e use

of m

easu

rem

ent

syst

ems

anal

ysis

, an

d h

ow

it

can b

e use

d in a

six

sig

ma im

pro

vem

ent

pro

ject

2.7

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

onduct

a v

ariab

le a

nd a

att

ribute

re

pea

tabili

ty a

nd r

epro

duci

bili

ty s

tudy

2b

Know

how

to lea

d

mea

sure

men

t sy

stem

s an

alys

is (

MSA)

activi

ties

(c

ontinued

)

2.8

des

crib

e th

e te

rmin

olo

gy

use

d in m

easu

rem

ent

syst

em a

nal

ysis

(su

ch a

s bia

s, lin

earity

, st

abili

ty,

accu

racy

, re

pea

tabili

ty,

dis

crim

inat

ion,

reso

lution,

repro

duci

bili

ty)

2.9

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

onduct

a m

easu

rem

ent

syst

ems

anal

ysis

stu

dy

2.1

0

expla

in h

ow

to c

alcu

late

gau

ge

repea

tabili

ty a

nd

repro

duci

bili

ty

2.1

1

expla

in h

ow

to c

alcu

late

gau

ge

pre

cisi

on a

nd

tole

rance

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

163

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.1

2

expla

in indust

ry r

ule

s fo

r re

pea

tabili

ty a

nd

repro

duci

bili

ty r

esults

2.1

3

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

within

th

e pro

ject

and t

o w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

in t

he

even

t of pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

164


165

Unit 20: Carrying out design of experiments (DOE)


QCF level: 4

Credit value: 9


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required for carrying out design of experiments (DOE). It involves applying the principles and process of design of experiments to the selected plant or process, which will require the plant or process being taken out of production to run the methodology. The learner will need to calculate the correct sample size required and identify a suitable sampling plan to reduce any systematic errors. The learner will be expected to determine the scope/parameters of the experiment and carry out the experiment within these parameters utilising the appropriate tools and techniques. The results of the design of experiment will be recorded and analysed to identify areas where improvements to the process can be made. The learner will also need to produce a report of the findings along with an action plan to ensure the improvements identified are implemented.




166



N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

167

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1a

Car

ry o

ut

des

ign o

f ex

per

imen

ts (

DO

E)

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

se

lect

an a

ppro

priat

e pro

cess

on w

hic

h t

o c

arry

out

the

des

ign o

f ex

per

imen

t an

d o

bta

in a

ll th

e nec

essa

ry d

ata

1.3

det

erm

ine

the

scope/

par

amet

ers

of th

e ex

per

imen

t

1.4

utilis

e sa

mple

siz

e se

lect

ion t

o e

nsu

re t

he

stat

istica

l va

lidity

of

the

exper

imen

t an

d c

alcu

late

the

corr

ect

sam

ple

siz

e re

quired

for

the

exper

imen

t

1.5

es

tim

ate

the

reso

urc

es a

nd e

xpec

ted b

enef

its

for

the

des

ign o

f ex

per

imen

t under

take

n

1.6

docu

men

t th

e re

sourc

es r

equired

to incl

ude:

• finan

cial

• tim

esca

les

• m

anpow

er

• pla

nt/

equip

men

t

• m

ater

ials

1.7

id

entify

a s

uitab

le s

am

plin

g p

lan t

o r

educe

sy

stem

atic

erro

rs

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

168

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1b

Car

ry o

ut

des

ign o

f ex

per

imen

ts (

DO

E)

(continued

)

1.8

ca

rry

out

a d

esig

n o

f ex

per

imen

t w

ithin

an

impro

vem

ent

pro

ject

utilis

ing t

he

appro

priat

e to

ols

an

d t

echniq

ues

1.9

fo

r th

e ex

per

imen

t under

take

n iden

tify

:

• a

suitab

le A

lpha

risk

lev

el

• a

suitab

le D

elta

that

nee

ds

to b

e obse

rved

• a

suitab

le B

eta lev

el

1.1

0

Det

erm

ine

the

corr

ect

exper

imen

tal des

ign t

o u

se

from

one

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

• fu

ll fa

ctori

al

• 2k

fact

ori

al

• fr

actional fa

ctori

al

1.1

1

reco

rd t

he

resu

lts

of

the

des

ign o

f ex

per

imen

t in

th

e ap

pro

priat

e fo

rmat

1.1

2

anal

yse

the

dat

a g

ather

ed a

nd iden

tify

are

as w

her

e im

pro

vem

ents

to t

he

pro

cess

can

be

mad

e

1.1

3

calc

ula

te a

nd p

roduce

gra

phs

for

the

follo

win

g:

• m

ain e

ffec

ts

• in

tera

ctio

ns

1.1

4

pro

duce

a d

esig

n o

f ex

per

imen

t re

port

whic

h

incl

udes

an a

ctio

n p

lan t

o e

nsu

re t

he

impro

vem

ents

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

169

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2a

Know

how

to c

arry

out

des

ign o

f ex

per

imen

ts

(DO

E)

2.1

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

carr

ying o

ut

an e

xper

imen

t

2.2

ex

pla

in w

hy

we

nee

d t

o use

des

ign o

f ex

per

imen

ts

and h

ow

this

ben

efits

an im

pro

vem

ent

pro

ject

2.3

ex

pla

in h

ow

to d

eter

min

e th

e sc

ope

of an

ex

per

imen

t

2.4

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

arry

out

a d

esig

n o

f ex

per

imen

t pro

ject

and t

he

tools

and t

echniq

ues

use

d

2.5

ex

pla

in w

her

e to

obta

in t

he

dat

a r

equired

to c

arr

y out

the

des

ign o

f ex

per

imen

t

2.6

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

alcu

late

the

sam

ple

siz

e to

be

use

d

in t

he

des

ign o

f ex

per

imen

t

2.7

ex

pla

in w

hat

is

mea

nt

by

Alp

ha

risk

and B

eta

risk

2b

Know

how

to c

arry

out

des

ign o

f ex

per

imen

ts

(DO

E)

(continued

)

2.8

ex

pla

in h

ow

to u

se t

he

dat

a o

bta

ined

to c

alcu

late

: m

ean,

med

ian,

mode,

sta

ndar

d d

evia

tion,

range

and v

arian

ce

2.9

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

alcu

late

and g

raphic

ally

dis

pla

y m

ain e

ffec

ts a

nd inte

ract

ions

2.1

0

expla

in w

hat

is

the

mea

nin

g o

f a

popula

tion a

nd a

sa

mple

in t

erm

s of th

e des

ign o

f ex

per

imen

t

2.1

1

expla

in h

ow

to d

esig

n a

suitab

le a

rray

for

the

des

igns

to incl

ude

full

fact

ori

al,

2k

fact

ori

al an

d

frac

tional fa

ctori

al

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

170

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.1

2

expla

in h

ow

to d

esig

n a

n a

rray

to a

sses

s th

e se

lect

ed inte

ract

ions

from

the

des

igns

to incl

ude

full

fact

ori

al,

2k

fact

orial

and f

ract

ional

fact

ori

al

2.1

3

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

and

whom

they

should

rep

ort

to,

in t

he

even

t of

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


171

Unit 21: Leading mistake/error proofing (Poka Yoke) activities


QCF level: 4

Credit value: 9


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required for leading of mistake/error proofing (Poka Yoke) activities, which is a method of making an activity ‘foolproof’. It involves leading the application of the principles and procedures of mistake/error proofing to the chosen activity, to enable worksheets to be produced for the activity that identify the problem, evaluate any actions to be taken, and indicate the benefits to be gained. Typically, worksheets would focus on the description of the mistake/error identified, the containment action taken, the root cause of the mistake/error and the permanent corrective action to be taken. The learner will be required to lead trials on the suggested improvements, which will include confirming their effectiveness, cost and complexity.









172



N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

173

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1a

Lead

mis

take

/err

or

pro

ofing (

Poka

Yoke

) ac

tivi

ties

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

le

ad t

he

act

ivitie

s w

ithin

thei

r are

a of re

sponsi

bili

ty

to incl

ude

all of

the

follo

win

g:

• se

t out

and c

om

munic

ate

the

purp

ose

of th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivitie

s

• in

volv

e th

e te

am in p

lannin

g h

ow

the

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

will

be

ach

ieve

d

• en

sure

eac

h t

eam

mem

ber

has

indiv

idual

obje

ctiv

es a

nd u

nder

stan

ds

how

thes

e obje

ctiv

es c

ontr

ibute

to t

he

ove

rall

impro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

e

• pro

vide

advi

ce a

nd s

upport

the

team

to a

chie

ve

both

tea

m a

nd indiv

idual

im

pro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

es

• m

otiva

te t

he

team

to p

rese

nt

thei

r ow

n

impro

vem

ent

idea

s

• en

coura

ge

the

team

and/o

r in

div

idual

s to

tak

e th

e le

ad w

her

e ap

pro

priat

e

• ag

ree

the

imple

men

tation o

f th

e im

pro

vem

ent

idea

s

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

174

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

neg

otiate

any

phys

ical

and/o

r finan

cial

re

sourc

es r

equired

to im

ple

men

t th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivity

(wher

e appro

priat

e)

• m

onitor

the

pro

gre

ss o

f im

pro

vem

ent

activi

ties

• dea

l w

ith a

ny

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

ble

ms

iden

tified

during t

he

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

1.3

use

info

rmat

ion a

nd d

ata

to a

ppro

ve t

he

sele

ctio

n

of a s

uitab

le p

roce

ss o

n w

hic

h t

he

mis

take

/err

or

pro

ofing a

ctiv

ity

is t

o b

e ca

rrie

d o

ut

1.4

le

ad t

he

applic

atio

n o

f th

e m

ista

ke/e

rror

pro

ofing

pro

cess

to t

he

chose

n a

ctiv

ity

1.5

use

appro

priat

e te

chniq

ues

to a

nal

yse

the

dat

a

rece

ived

, and c

onfirm

val

id c

oncl

usi

ons

1.6

ev

alu

ate

rec

om

men

dations

and lea

d t

he

pro

duct

ion

of w

ork

shee

ts f

or

the

activi

ty t

hat

iden

tify

the

pro

ble

m a

nd a

ctio

ns

to b

e ta

ken

1b

Lead

mis

take

/err

or

pro

ofing (

Poka

Yoke

) ac

tivi

ties

(co

ntinued

)

1.7

le

ad t

he

crea

tion o

f a w

ork

shee

t of

the

mis

take

/err

or

pro

ofing a

ctiv

ity,

iden

tify

ing:

• th

e des

crip

tion o

f th

e m

ista

ke/e

rror

iden

tified

• th

e co

nta

inm

ent

act

ion t

ake

n

• th

e ro

ot

cause

of

the

mis

take

/err

or

• th

e per

manen

t co

rrec

tive

act

ion t

o b

e ta

ken

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

175

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1.8

ag

ree

suitab

le s

olu

tions,

and m

anag

e th

e ca

rryi

ng

out

of ag

reed

trial

s to

mea

sure

the

effe

ctiv

enes

s of

the

solu

tion

1.9

ap

pro

ve s

uitab

le s

olu

tions

and d

eter

min

e th

eir:

• ef

fect

iven

ess

• co

st

• co

mple

xity

1.1

0

confirm

and c

oord

inate

the

imple

men

tation o

f th

e optim

um

solu

tion

1.1

1

lead

the

mea

sure

men

t an

d d

ocu

men

tation o

f th

e re

sults

1.1

2

iden

tify

the

ben

efits

of m

ista

ke/e

rror

pro

ofing in

term

s of:

• im

pro

ved q

ual

ity/

com

plia

nce

(su

ch a

s IS

O9001)

• re

duce

d c

ost

s

• del

iver

y or

serv

ice

2a

Know

how

to lea

d

mis

take

/err

or

pro

ofing

(Poka

Yoke

) act

ivitie

s

2.1

ex

pla

in h

ow

to d

efin

e a

mis

take

/err

or

pro

ofing

activi

ty,

and t

he

ben

efits

of

carr

ying t

his

out

2.2

des

crib

e th

e diffe

rence

and b

enef

its

bet

wee

n

mis

take

/err

or

pro

ofing a

nd p

reve

ntion a

nd

det

ection

2.3

ex

pla

in h

ow

to p

lan t

he

reso

urc

es a

nd t

ime

nee

ded

to

car

ry o

ut

the

agre

ed a

ctiv

ity

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

176

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.4

des

crib

e th

e se

lect

ion c

rite

ria

use

d t

o d

eter

min

e a

suitab

le p

roduct

or

pro

cess

on w

hic

h t

o c

arry

out

the

mis

take

/err

or

pro

ofing a

ctiv

ity

2.5

ex

pla

in h

ow

mis

take

/err

or

pro

ofing c

an lea

d t

o z

ero

def

ects

2.6

des

crib

e th

e re

lationsh

ip b

etw

een e

rrors

and

def

ects

2.7

des

crib

e th

e diffe

rent

types

and r

ange

of

mis

take

s

2.8

ex

pla

in h

ow

def

ects

origin

ate

in p

roduct

s or

pro

cess

es

2.9

ex

pla

in h

ow

the

role

of

sourc

e in

spec

tion

contr

ibute

s to

the

reduct

ion o

f def

ects

2b

Know

how

to lea

d

mis

take

/err

or

pro

ofing

(Poka

Yoke

) act

ivitie

s (c

ontinued

)

2.1

0

des

crib

e th

e ap

plic

ation

of m

ista

ke/e

rror

pro

ofing

(Poka

Yoke

) to

ols

(su

ch a

s ‘c

ause

and e

ffec

t’,

and

the

five

‘w

hys

’)

2.1

1

des

crib

e th

e ty

pe

of

mis

take

/err

or

pro

ofing

docu

men

tation,

and t

he

info

rmation it

should

co

nta

in

2.1

2

des

crib

e th

e an

alys

is a

nd c

hart

ing m

ethodolo

gy

use

d f

or

mis

take

/err

or

pro

ofing

2.1

3

des

crib

e th

e finan

cial im

plic

atio

ns

of m

ista

ke/e

rror

pro

ofing p

roje

cts

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

177

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.1

4

des

crib

e th

e re

lationsh

ip b

etw

een m

ista

ke/e

rror

pro

ofing a

nd o

ther

continuous

impro

vem

ent

pro

cess

es (

such

as

work

pla

ce o

rgan

isation 5

S/5

C,

quic

k ch

angeo

vers

, ce

llula

r m

anufa

cturing,

tota

l pro

duct

ive

mai

nte

nan

ce,

stru

cture

d p

roble

m

solv

ing a

nd v

isual

man

agem

ent)

2.1

5

expla

in h

ow

to u

nder

take

trials

and m

easu

re t

he

effe

ctiv

enes

s of

mis

take

/err

or

pro

ofing p

roje

cts

2.1

6

des

crib

e th

e diffe

rent

types

and r

ange

of

mis

take

pro

ofing d

evic

es u

sed

2.1

7

des

crib

e th

e ro

les

and r

esponsi

bili

ties

of

indiv

iduals

w

ithin

a m

ista

ke/e

rror

pro

ofing t

eam

, in

cludin

g

faci

litato

r, t

imek

eeper

, sc

ribe

2.1

8

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

within

th

e act

ivity

and t

o w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

in t

he

even

t of pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

178


179

Unit 22: Applying quality function deployment (QFD)

Unit reference number: J/600/5875

QCF level: 4

Credit value: 9


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required for applying quality function deployment (QFD). It involves identifying the customer requirement of a product or process and obtaining all the required information necessary to perform the QFD project study. Typically, these would cover the needs and expectations of the customer and the functions and features required by the customer. The learner will be required to produce a matrix for the quality function deployment activity, which identifies the four phases (eg pre-planning, design deployment, process and production planning and managing deployment). The learner will need to analyse the information gathered (such as score matrices for relationships, technical requirements, correlations, planning and specifications) and draw conclusions as to the appropriate course of action. The learner will be expected to record the results of the analysis in the appropriate format to enable a report to be compiled, outlining the findings of the activity and the recommended solutions.




180



N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

181

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1a

Apply

qualit

y fu

nct

ion

dep

loym

ent

(QFD

) 1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

id

entify

the

cust

om

er r

equirem

ent

of a p

roduct

or

pro

cess

usi

ng q

ualit

y fu

nct

ion d

eplo

ymen

t

1.3

obta

in a

ll th

e re

quired

info

rmation n

eces

sary

to

per

form

the

qual

ity

funct

ion d

eplo

ymen

t st

udy

1.4

pro

duce

a m

atrix

for

a qual

ity

funct

ion d

eplo

ymen

t pro

ject

whic

h iden

tifies

the

four

phas

es a

s fo

llow

s:

• pre

-pla

nnin

g

• des

ign d

eplo

ymen

t

• pro

cess

and p

roduct

ion p

lannin

g

• m

anag

ing d

eplo

ymen

t

1.5

det

erm

ine

the

cust

om

er r

equirem

ents

within

the

pro

ject

in t

erm

s of:

• nee

ds

and e

xpec

tations

• fu

nct

ions

• fe

ature

s

1.6

ca

rry

out

the

qual

ity

funct

ion d

eplo

ymen

t pro

ject

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

182

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1b

Apply

qualit

y fu

nct

ion

dep

loym

ent

(QFD

) (c

ontinued

)

1.7

id

entify

within

the

qual

ity

funct

ion d

eplo

ymen

t pro

ject

the:

• nec

essa

ry inputs

and h

ow

to a

cquire

them

• th

e outp

uts

fro

m e

ach

of th

e fo

ur

phase

s an

d

thei

r ex

ecution

• cu

stom

er r

anki

ngs

• su

bst

itute

qual

ity

chara

cter

istics

1.8

an

alys

e th

e in

form

ation g

ather

ed a

nd d

raw

co

ncl

usi

ons

as

to t

he

appro

priate

cours

e of

action

1.9

re

cord

the

resu

lts

of

the

anal

ysis

in t

he

appro

pri

ate

form

at

1.1

0

pro

duce

and s

core

mat

rice

s fo

r th

ree

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

• re

lationsh

ips

• te

chnic

al r

equirem

ents

• co

rrel

atio

ns

• pla

nnin

g

• sp

ecific

atio

ns

1.1

1

pro

duce

a r

eport

outlin

ing t

he

findin

gs

and t

he

reco

mm

ended

solu

tions

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

183

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2a

Know

how

to a

pply

qual

ity

funct

ion d

eplo

ymen

t (Q

FD)

2.1

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

carr

ying o

ut

the

qual

ity

funct

ion d

eplo

ymen

t ac

tivi

ty

2.2

des

crib

e th

e ad

vanta

ges

of usi

ng q

ual

ity

funct

ion

dep

loym

ent

2.3

des

crib

e th

e ‘q

ualit

y le

ver’ a

nd h

ow

qual

ity

funct

ion

dep

loym

ent

fits

this

model

2.4

des

crib

e th

e te

rms

‘house

of

qual

ity’

and ‘vo

ice

of

the

cust

om

er’

2.5

ex

pla

in h

ow

qual

ity

funct

ion d

eplo

ymen

t re

late

s to

pote

ntial

fai

lure

modes

and a

ffec

ts a

nal

ysis

, des

ign

of ex

per

imen

ts,

valu

e an

alys

is,

contr

ol pla

ns,

Pugh

conce

pt

dia

gra

ms

2.6

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

arry

out

a qual

ity

funct

ion

dep

loym

ent

activi

ty a

nd t

he

tools

and t

echniq

ues

use

d

2b

Know

how

to a

pply

qual

ity

funct

ion d

eplo

ymen

t (Q

FD)

(continued

)

2.7

des

crib

e th

e fo

ur

phase

s of qual

ity

funct

ion

dep

loym

ent

(pre

-pla

nnin

g,

des

ign d

eplo

ymen

t,

pro

cess

and p

roduct

ion p

lannin

g,

man

agin

g

dep

loym

ent)

2.8

ex

pla

in h

ow

to iden

tify

the

nec

essa

ry inputs

and

outp

uts

for

each

of th

e phase

s

2.9

ex

pla

in w

hat

the

cust

om

er’s

req

uirem

ents

are

w

ithin

the

pro

ject

, in

ter

ms

of nee

ds

and

expec

tations,

fea

ture

s an

d funct

ions

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

184

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.1

0

expla

in h

ow

to p

roduce

mat

rice

s fo

r re

lationsh

ips,

sp

ecific

atio

ns,

tec

hnic

al r

equirem

ents

and p

lannin

g

2.1

1

expla

in h

ow

to s

core

the

matr

ices

within

the

qual

ity

funct

ion d

eplo

ymen

t

2.1

2

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

within

th

e pro

ject

and w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

to,

in t

he

even

t of pro

ble

ms

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


185

Unit 23: Leading the creation of standard operating procedures (SOP)

Unit reference number: F/600/5888

QCF level: 4

Credit value: 8


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to lead the creation of standard operating procedures (SOP) for work activities. This will involve leading the documenting of the information gathered from the method used when performing the operation/process. The learner will lead the preparations required from start to finish, advise on the quality and safety standards to be maintained and agree on the drawings, tooling, fixtures, gauges, and other items that are used during the operation or process. The learner will need to agree the key points in the document and advise on the use of drawings, photographs and/or sketches, as appropriate.









186



N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

187

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1a

Lead

the

crea

tion o

f st

andar

d o

per

atin

g

pro

cedure

s (S

OP)

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

le

ad t

he

act

ivitie

s w

ithin

thei

r are

a of re

sponsi

bili

ty

to incl

ude

all of

the

follo

win

g:

• se

t out

and c

om

munic

ate

the

purp

ose

of th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivitie

s

• in

volv

e th

e te

am in p

lannin

g h

ow

the

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

will

be

ach

ieve

d

• en

sure

eac

h t

eam

mem

ber

has

indiv

idual

obje

ctiv

es a

nd u

nder

stan

ds

how

thes

e obje

ctiv

es c

ontr

ibute

to t

he

ove

rall

impro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

e

• pro

vide

advi

ce a

nd s

upport

the

team

to a

chie

ve

both

tea

m a

nd indiv

idual

im

pro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

es

• m

otiva

te t

he

team

to p

rese

nt

thei

r ow

n

impro

vem

ent

idea

s

• en

coura

ge

the

team

and/o

r in

div

idual

s to

tak

e th

e le

ad w

her

e ap

pro

priat

e

• ag

ree

the

imple

men

tation o

f th

e im

pro

vem

ent

idea

s

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

188

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

neg

otiate

any

phys

ical

and/o

r finan

cial

re

sourc

es r

equired

to im

ple

men

t th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivity

(wher

e appro

priat

e)

• m

onitor

the

pro

gre

ss o

f im

pro

vem

ent

activi

ties

• dea

l w

ith a

ny

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

ble

ms

iden

tified

during t

he

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

1.3

le

ad t

he

pro

duct

ion o

f a

stan

dar

d o

per

atin

g

pro

cedure

for

two o

f th

e fo

llow

ing:

• cl

eanin

g o

f eq

uip

men

t

• m

ainte

nan

ce o

f eq

uip

men

t

• hea

lth,

safe

ty a

nd e

nvi

ronm

enta

l pra

ctic

es a

nd

pro

cedure

s

• pro

cess

pro

cedure

s

• m

anufa

cturing o

per

atio

ns

• qual

ity

impro

vem

ents

• im

pro

vem

ents

to c

ust

om

er s

atisf

act

ion

1.4

le

ad t

he

pro

duct

ion o

f st

andar

d o

per

atin

g

pro

cedure

s th

at incl

ude

all of th

e fo

llow

ing:

• oper

atio

n/p

roce

ss t

o b

e per

form

ed

• par

t/pro

duct

num

ber

and p

art/

pro

duct

des

crip

tion/o

per

ation r

efer

ence

• oper

atio

n/p

roce

ss n

um

ber

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

189

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

pre

par

ation a

ctiv

itie

s prior

to s

tart

ing t

he

oper

atio

n/p

roce

ss

• des

crip

tion o

f th

e fu

ll oper

atio

n/p

roce

ss,

bro

ken

dow

n into

appro

priat

e ta

sks/

activi

ties

• qual

ity

standar

ds,

hea

lth a

nd s

afet

y re

quirem

ents

, en

viro

nm

enta

l is

sues

/req

uirem

ents

• to

olin

g/f

ixtu

res/

gau

ges

/equip

men

t re

quired

• sk

etch

es/p

hoto

gra

phs/

dra

win

gs

that

ass

ist

com

ple

tion o

f th

e oper

atio

n/p

roce

ss

• dat

e of

firs

t is

sue

• origin

ato

r of th

e docu

men

t

• la

test

rev

isio

n d

ate

1.5

Le

ad t

he

gath

erin

g o

f in

form

ation o

f th

e cu

rren

t oper

atio

n o

r pro

cess

to iden

tify

the

optim

um

and

safe

st m

ethod

1.6

Agre

e w

hat

tools

, eq

uip

men

t, f

ixtu

res,

docu

men

tation a

nd s

tandar

ds

are

required

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

190

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1b

Lead

the

crea

tion o

f st

andar

d o

per

atin

g

pro

cedure

s (S

OP)

(c

ontinued

)

1.7

en

sure

that

all te

am

mem

ber

s per

form

ing t

he

oper

atio

n o

r pro

cess

hav

e th

e opport

unity

to

contr

ibute

and a

gre

e th

e m

ethod iden

tified

1.8

le

ad t

he

pro

duct

ion o

f st

andar

d o

per

atin

g

pro

cedure

s in

an a

gre

ed form

at a

nd m

onitor

thei

r ac

cura

cy a

gai

nst

the

oper

atio

n o

r pro

cess

re

quirem

ents

1.9

le

ad t

he

pro

duct

ion o

f st

andar

d o

per

atin

g

pro

cedure

s th

at m

inim

ise

all of

the

follo

win

g:

• tim

e

• ef

fort

• w

aste

1.1

0

arra

nge

for

the

supply

of

stan

dar

d o

per

atin

g

pro

cedure

s at

thei

r poin

t of use

and t

he

stora

ge

of

copie

s an

d m

aste

r co

pie

s in

acc

ord

ance

with

com

pan

y re

quirem

ents

1.1

1

lead

the

revi

sion o

f st

andar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s,

as a

ppro

priat

e, t

o e

nsu

re t

hei

r ef

fect

iven

ess

in t

he

work

pla

ce

1.1

2

esta

blis

h c

onfirm

atio

n t

hat

the

met

hod d

efin

ed w

ill

mee

t qual

ity,

pro

duct

ivity,

hea

lth,

safe

ty a

nd

envi

ronm

enta

l re

quirem

ents

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

191

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2a

Know

how

to lea

d t

he

crea

tion o

f st

andar

d

oper

atin

g p

roce

dure

s (S

OP)

2.1

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

for

whic

h t

hey

are

lea

din

g t

he

crea

tion o

f st

andar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s (S

OP)

2.2

ex

pla

in h

ow

to p

lan t

he

reso

urc

es a

nd t

ime

nee

ded

to

car

ry o

ut

the

agre

ed a

ctiv

ity

2.3

des

crib

e th

e va

rious

form

ats

use

d in c

reat

ing S

OP

2.4

ex

pla

in w

her

e to

fin

d t

he

sop d

ocu

men

t fo

rmat

to

be

use

d in t

hei

r busi

nes

s

2.5

des

crib

e th

e in

form

ation t

hat

will

be

required

to

crea

te a

SO

P

2.6

ex

pla

in h

ow

SO

P ar

e st

ruct

ure

d a

nd t

he

import

ance

of th

eir

use

2.7

ex

pla

in m

ethods

of

com

munic

atin

g/f

acili

tating t

o

ensu

re t

hat

all th

e re

quired

info

rmat

ion for

the

SO

P is

cap

ture

d

2b

Know

how

to lea

d t

he

crea

tion o

f st

andar

d

oper

atin

g p

roce

dure

s (S

OP)

(co

ntinued

)

2.8

des

crib

e th

e oper

atio

n/p

roce

ss t

o b

e ca

ptu

red in

the

SO

P

2.9

ex

pla

in w

hy

SO

P ar

e th

e basi

s fo

r qualit

y an

d

continuous

impro

vem

ent

2.1

0

des

crib

e th

e ei

ght

wast

es (

ove

r-pro

duct

ion,

inve

nto

ry,

tran

sport

, ove

r-pro

cess

ing,

wai

ting t

ime,

oper

ator

motion,

bad q

ual

ity,

fai

lure

to e

xplo

it

hum

an p

ote

ntial

) and h

ow

to e

limin

ate

them

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

192

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.1

1

expla

in h

ow

to s

implif

y w

ork

done,

elim

inating

was

te a

nd p

ote

ntial

for

hum

an e

rror

2.1

2

expla

in T

akt

tim

e an

d t

he

rela

tionsh

ip w

ith

ach

ievi

ng f

low

in a

pro

cess

2.1

3

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

and t

o

whom

they

should

rep

ort

in t

he

even

t of

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


193

Unit 24: Applying response surface methodology


QCF level: 4

Credit value: 9


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required for applying response surface methodology. It involves selecting an appropriate process on which to carry out the activity and applying the principles and processes of response surface methodology utilising orthogonal array, level and factor. The learner will be expected to determine the scope/parameters of the activity, estimate the resources required (which will include costs, timescales, manpower, plant/equipment and materials) and identify the expected benefits to be gained by carrying out the activity. The learner will be required to utilise sample size selection to ensure the statistical validity of the experiment and calculate the correct sample size methodology within an improvement project.





N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

194

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1a

Apply

res

ponse

surf

ace

m

ethodolo

gy

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

se

lect

an a

ppro

priat

e pro

cess

on w

hic

h t

o c

arry

out

the

resp

onse

surf

ace

met

hodolo

gy

and o

bta

in a

ll th

e re

quired

info

rmation

1.3

es

tim

ate

the

reso

urc

es a

nd e

xpec

ted b

enef

its

for

the

resp

onse

surf

ace

met

hodolo

gy

and g

ain

ap

pro

val

1.4

utilis

e sa

mple

siz

e se

lect

ion t

o e

nsu

re t

he

stat

istica

l va

lidity

of

the

exper

imen

t an

d c

alcu

late

the

corr

ect

sam

ple

siz

e re

quired

1.5

det

erm

ine

the

scope/

par

amet

ers

of th

e re

sponse

su

rface

met

hodolo

gy

activi

ty

1.6

ca

rry

out

the

resp

onse

surf

ace

met

hodolo

gy

within

an

im

pro

vem

ent

pro

ject

utilis

ing t

he

appro

priat

e to

ols

and t

echniq

ues

1b

Apply

res

ponse

surf

ace

m

ethodolo

gy

(continued

) 1.7

ca

rry

out

resp

onse

surf

ace

met

hodolo

gy

utilis

ing:

• ort

hogonal

arr

ay

• le

vel

• docu

men

tation a

nd info

rmation r

equired

1.8

re

cord

the

resu

lts

of th

e pro

ject

in t

he

appro

priat

e fo

rmat

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

195

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1.9

docu

men

t th

e re

sourc

es r

equired

to incl

ude:

• finan

cial

• tim

esca

les

• m

anpow

er

• pla

nt/

equip

men

t

• m

ater

ials

1.1

0

anal

yse

the

dat

a g

ather

ed a

nd iden

tify

are

as w

her

e im

pro

vem

ents

could

be

made

1.1

1

iden

tify

for

the

resp

onse

surf

ace

met

hodolo

gy

under

take

n:

• a

suitab

le a

lpha

risk

lev

el

• a

suitab

le d

elta

that

nee

ds

to b

e obse

rved

• a

suitab

le b

eta

leve

l

• st

eepes

t asc

ent

for

the

surf

ace

des

ign

1.1

2

iden

tify

suitab

le o

ptim

um

conditio

ns

and p

roduce

a

resp

onse

surf

ace

met

hodolo

gy

report

whic

h

incl

udes

an a

ctio

n p

lan t

o e

nsu

re t

he

impro

vem

ents

ar

e im

ple

men

ted

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

196

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2a

Know

how

to a

pply

re

sponse

surf

ace

met

hodolo

gy

2.1

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

carr

ying o

ut

the

resp

onse

su

rface

met

hodolo

gy

2.2

des

crib

e th

e use

of re

sponse

surf

ace

met

hodolo

gy

and h

ow

it

can b

e use

d in a

Six

Sig

ma

impro

vem

ent

pro

ject

2.3

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

arry

out

a r

esponse

surf

ace

m

ethodolo

gy

pro

ject

and t

he

tools

and t

echniq

ues

use

d

2.4

ex

pla

in w

her

e to

obta

in t

he

required

dat

a n

eces

sary

to

car

ry o

ut

the

pro

ject

2.5

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

alcu

late

a s

tatist

ical

ly v

alid

sam

ple

si

ze t

o b

e use

d in t

he

resp

onse

surf

ace

met

hodolo

gy

act

ivity

2.6

ex

pla

in w

hat

is

the

mea

nin

g o

f popula

tion a

nd a

sa

mple

in t

erm

s of th

e re

sponse

surf

ace

met

hodolo

gy

act

ivity

2b

Know

how

to a

pply

re

sponse

surf

ace

met

hodolo

gy

(continued

)

2.7

ex

pla

in w

hat

is

mea

nt

by

a m

ethod o

f st

eepes

t as

cent

2.8

ex

pla

in w

hat

is

mea

nt

by

the

term

s ‘c

oded

va

riab

les’

and ‘unco

ded

variab

les’

2.9

ex

pla

in w

hat

is

mea

nt

by

Alp

ha

risk

and B

eta

risk

2.1

0

expla

in h

ow

to u

se t

he

dat

a c

olle

cted

to c

alcu

late

: m

ean,

med

ian,

mode,

sta

ndar

d d

evia

tion,

range

and v

arian

ce

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

197

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.1

1

expla

in h

ow

to c

alcu

late

cost

ben

efits

when

co

nsi

der

ing r

esponse

surf

ace

met

hodolo

gy

2.1

2

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

within

th

e pro

ject

and w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

to,

in t

he

even

t of pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

198


199

Unit 25: Leading the application of Six Sigma methodology to a project

Unit reference number: D/600/5896

QCF level: 4

Credit value: 14


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required for leading the application of a structured Six Sigma methodology to a project. It involves leading the identification of the Six Sigma organisational infrastructure, roles and responsibilities and business-specific metrics that will apply. These will include financial, quality and process aspects of the project. The learner will be expected to agree areas where the Six Sigma tools, techniques and activities can be applied, in order to demonstrate those factors that are critical to the customer, business and process.









200



N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

201

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1a

Lead

the

applic

atio

n o

f Six

Sig

ma m

ethodolo

gy

to a

pro

ject

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

le

ad t

he

act

ivitie

s w

ithin

thei

r are

a of re

sponsi

bili

ty

to incl

ude

all of

the

follo

win

g:

• se

t out

and c

om

munic

ate

the

purp

ose

of th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivitie

s

• in

volv

e th

e te

am in p

lannin

g h

ow

the

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

will

be

ach

ieve

d

• en

sure

eac

h t

eam

mem

ber

has

indiv

idual

obje

ctiv

es a

nd u

nder

stan

ds

how

thes

e obje

ctiv

es c

ontr

ibute

to t

he

ove

rall

impro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

e

• pro

vide

advi

ce a

nd s

upport

the

team

to a

chie

ve

both

tea

m a

nd indiv

idual

im

pro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

es

• m

otiva

te t

he

team

to p

rese

nt

thei

r ow

n

impro

vem

ent

idea

s

• en

coura

ge

the

team

and/o

r in

div

idual

s to

tak

e th

e le

ad w

her

e ap

pro

priat

e

• ag

ree

the

imple

men

tation o

f th

e im

pro

vem

ent

idea

s

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

202

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

neg

otiate

any

phys

ical

and/o

r finan

cial

re

sourc

es r

equired

to im

ple

men

t th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivity

(wher

e appro

priat

e)

• m

onitor

the

pro

gre

ss o

f im

pro

vem

ent

activi

ties

• dea

l w

ith a

ny

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

ble

ms

iden

tified

during t

he

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

1.3

le

ad t

he

applic

atio

n o

f th

e st

ruct

ure

d S

ix S

igm

a

met

hodolo

gy

and a

ppro

ach t

o t

he

sele

cted

pro

ject

1.4

le

ad a

nd p

artici

pat

e in

Six

Sig

ma

pro

ject

s w

hic

h

cove

r tw

o t

he

follo

win

g:

• m

anufa

cturing

• qual

ity

leve

l

• ad

min

istr

ation

1.5

le

ad t

he

utilis

atio

n o

f th

e five

phas

es o

f Six

Sig

ma

within

the

pro

ject

:

• def

ine

• m

easu

re

• an

alys

e

• im

pro

ve

• co

ntr

ol

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

203

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1.6

ap

pro

ve t

he

Six

Sig

ma

org

anis

ational

in

frast

ruct

ure

, ro

les

and r

esponsi

bili

ties

and

busi

nes

s-sp

ecific

met

rics

that

would

apply

1b

Lead

the

applic

atio

n o

f Six

Sig

ma m

ethodolo

gy

to a

pro

ject

(co

ntinued

)

1.7

le

ad t

he

pro

duct

ion o

f a

dia

gra

m (

fam

ily t

ree)

of

the

Six

Sig

ma

org

anis

atio

nal

infr

astr

uct

ure

and t

he

role

s of:

• Cham

pio

n

• M

ento

r

• Yel

low

Bel

t

• G

reen

Bel

t

• Bla

ck B

elt

• M

aste

r Bla

ck B

elt

1.8

le

ad t

he

pro

duct

ion o

f a

met

ric

char

t fo

r th

e Six

Sig

ma p

roje

cts

under

take

n:

• finan

cial

• qual

ity

• pro

cess

1.9

ag

ree

area

s w

her

e th

e Six

Sig

ma

tools

, te

chniq

ues

an

d a

ctiv

itie

s ca

n b

e ap

plie

d a

nd d

irec

t th

e nee

d t

o

mea

sure

those

fact

ors

that

are

critica

l to

qual

ity

char

acte

rist

ic (

CTQ

C)

for

the

cust

om

er,

busi

nes

s an

d p

roce

ss

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

204

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1.1

0

iden

tify

the

critic

al t

o q

ual

ity

char

acte

rist

ic (

CTQ

C)

of th

e pro

ject

s, t

o incl

ude:

• co

st

• qual

ity

• del

iver

y

1.1

1

contr

ibute

to t

he

iden

tifica

tion o

f th

e co

st o

f poor

qual

ity,

by

agre

eing t

he

def

ects

per

mill

ion

opport

unitie

s (D

PMO

)

1.1

2

esta

blis

h d

efec

ts p

er m

illio

n o

pport

unitie

s to

the

sigm

a s

core

and d

eter

min

e th

e gap

to S

ix S

igm

a

per

form

ance

2a

Know

how

to lea

d t

he

applic

atio

n o

f Six

Sig

ma

met

hodolo

gy

to a

pro

ject

2.1

des

crib

e th

e Six

Sig

ma

met

hodolo

gy

and h

ow

it

is

applie

d t

o a

pro

ject

2.2

ex

pla

in h

ow

to p

lan t

he

reso

urc

es a

nd t

ime

nee

ded

to

car

ry o

ut

the

agre

ed a

ctiv

ity

2.3

des

crib

e th

e Six

Sig

ma

infr

astr

uct

ure

and

philo

sophy

2.4

des

crib

e th

e ben

efits

that

will

arise

fro

m a

six

si

gm

a p

roje

ct

2.5

des

crib

e th

e ‘p

arts

per

mill

ion o

pport

unitie

s’ g

oal

of

six

sigm

a

2.6

des

crib

e th

e ca

lcula

tion o

f def

ects

per

mill

ion

opport

unitie

s (D

PMO

)

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

205

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.7

des

crib

e th

e five

phas

es o

f Six

Sig

ma

that

are

ap

plie

d t

o a

pro

ject

2b

Know

how

to lea

d t

he

applic

atio

n o

f Six

Sig

ma

met

hodolo

gy

to a

pro

ject

(c

ontinued

)

2.8

ex

pla

in h

ow

to d

efin

e a

critic

al to

qualit

y ch

arac

terist

ic (

CTQ

C)

2.9

ex

pla

in h

ow

non-v

alue

added

act

ivity

can s

erve

as

a ro

adblo

ck for

ach

ievi

ng Z

ero D

efec

t

2.1

0

expla

in h

ow

to d

efin

e an

‘opport

unity

for

def

ect’

2.1

1

des

crib

e th

e ro

les

and r

esponsi

bili

ties

of

the

key

pla

yers

in t

he

Six

Sig

ma

pro

cess

(Cham

pio

n,

Men

tor,

Mas

ter

Bla

ck B

elt,

Bla

ck B

elt,

Gre

en B

elt

and Y

ello

w B

elt)

2.1

2

des

crib

e th

e re

lationsh

ip b

etw

een k

ey p

roce

ss input

variab

les

(KPI

V)

and k

ey p

roce

ss o

utp

ut

variab

les

(KPO

V)

(usi

ng t

he

equat

ion Y

=(f

)x)

2.1

3

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

and t

o

whom

they

should

rep

ort

in t

he

even

t of

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

206


207

Unit 26: Leading the carrying out of Six Sigma process mapping


QCF level: 4

Credit value: 14


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required for leading the carrying out of a Six Sigma process mapping activity. It requires the learner to approve the selection of a suitable process on which to carry out the process mapping activity, and to agree the key stages that form the overall process under investigation. These would be the process input variables and the process output variables, and would include things which are controllable, critical, noise, and standard operating procedures.









208



N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

209

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1a

Lead

the

carr

ying o

ut

of

Six

Sig

ma

pro

cess

m

appin

g

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

le

ad t

he

act

ivitie

s w

ithin

thei

r are

a of re

sponsi

bili

ty

to incl

ude

all of

the

follo

win

g:

• se

t out

and c

om

munic

ate

the

purp

ose

of th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivitie

s

• in

volv

e th

e te

am in p

lannin

g h

ow

the

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

will

be

ach

ieve

d

• en

sure

eac

h t

eam

mem

ber

has

indiv

idual

obje

ctiv

es a

nd u

nder

stan

ds

how

thes

e obje

ctiv

es c

ontr

ibute

to t

he

ove

rall

impro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

e

• pro

vide

advi

ce a

nd s

upport

the

team

to a

chie

ve

both

tea

m a

nd indiv

idual

im

pro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

es

• m

otiva

te t

he

team

to p

rese

nt

thei

r ow

n

impro

vem

ent

idea

s

• en

coura

ge

the

team

and/o

r in

div

idual

s to

tak

e th

e le

ad w

her

e ap

pro

priat

e

• ag

ree

the

imple

men

tation o

f th

e im

pro

vem

ent

idea

s

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

210

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

neg

otiate

any

phys

ical

and/o

r finan

cial

re

sourc

es r

equired

to im

ple

men

t th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivity

(wher

e appro

priat

e)

• m

onitor

the

pro

gre

ss o

f im

pro

vem

ent

activi

ties

• dea

l w

ith a

ny

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

ble

ms

iden

tified

during t

he

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

1.3

ap

pro

ve t

he

sele

ctio

n o

f a

suitable

pro

cess

on

whic

h t

o c

arry

out

the

pro

cess

map

pin

g a

ctiv

ity

1.4

ag

ree

the

key

stages

that

form

the

ove

rall

pro

cess

under

inve

stig

ation

1.5

le

ad t

he

colle

ctio

n o

f th

e dat

a nec

essa

ry t

o

const

ruct

the

Six

Sig

ma

pro

cess

map

1.6

le

ad t

he

const

ruct

ion o

f th

e pro

cess

map

for

the

Six

Sig

ma p

roje

ct

1b

Lead

the

carr

ying o

ut

of

Six

Sig

ma

pro

cess

m

appin

g (

continued

)

1.7

le

ad t

he

pro

duct

ion o

f a

pro

cess

map

, w

hic

h

iden

tifies

:

• th

e ke

y pro

cess

input

variab

les

• th

e ke

y pro

cess

outp

ut

variab

les

1.8

co

nfirm

both

the

key

pro

cess

input

variab

les

and

the

key

pro

cess

outp

ut

variab

les

as

one

or

more

of

the

follo

win

g:

• co

ntr

olla

ble

• cr

itic

al

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

211

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

nois

e

• st

andar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

1.9

co

nfirm

the

valu

e-ad

ded

and n

on-v

alue

added

st

eps

in a

pro

cess

1.1

0

iden

tify

and a

gre

e im

pro

vem

ents

to t

he

pro

cess

as

a re

sult o

f th

e in

form

atio

n g

ather

ed in t

he

Six

Sig

ma m

appin

g a

ctiv

ity

1.1

1

agre

e an

d h

ave

incl

uded

on t

he

pro

cess

map

the

spec

ific

atio

ns

of both

the:

• ke

y pro

cess

input

variab

les

• ke

y pro

cess

outp

ut

vari

able

s

2a

Know

how

to lea

d t

he

carr

ying o

ut

of Six

Sig

ma

pro

cess

map

pin

g

2.1

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

lea

din

g t

he

pro

cess

map

pin

g

activi

ty

2.2

ex

pla

in h

ow

to p

lan t

he

reso

urc

es a

nd t

ime

nee

ded

to

car

ry o

ut

the

agre

ed a

ctiv

ity

2.3

des

crib

e th

e ben

efits

of

carr

ying o

ut

Six

Sig

ma

pro

cess

map

pin

g

2.4

ex

pla

in w

hat

a S

ix S

igm

a pro

cess

map

is

and h

ow

it

is c

onst

ruct

ed

2.5

ex

pla

in h

ow

the

Six

Sig

ma p

roce

ss m

ap inte

gra

tes

within

a S

ix S

igm

a p

roje

ct

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

212

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.6

des

crib

e w

hat

is

mea

nt

by

key

pro

cess

input

variab

les

(KPI

Vs)

and k

ey p

roce

ss o

utp

ut

variab

les

(KPO

Vs)

2b

Know

how

to lea

d t

he

carr

ying o

ut

of Six

Sig

ma

pro

cess

map

pin

g

(continued

)

2.7

des

crib

e th

e dat

a c

olle

ctio

n p

oin

t fo

r th

e ke

y pro

cess

input

variab

les

and k

ey p

roce

ss o

utp

ut

variab

les

(such

as

gauges

, fo

rms

and s

am

ple

s)

2.8

ex

pla

in w

hat

the

mai

n t

ypes

of

key

pro

cess

input

variab

les

and k

ey p

roce

ss o

utp

ut

variab

les

are

in

term

s of bei

ng c

ontr

olla

ble

, cr

itic

al,

nois

e, o

r st

andar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s

2.9

ex

pla

in w

ho s

hould

cre

ate

a S

ix S

igm

a p

roce

ss m

ap

2.1

0

des

crib

e th

e diffe

rence

bet

wee

n a

val

ue-

added

ac

tivi

ty a

nd a

non-v

alu

e ad

ded

act

ivity

2.1

1

des

crib

e th

e ro

les

and r

esponsi

bili

ties

of

indiv

iduals

w

ithin

a p

roce

ss m

appin

g t

eam

2.1

2

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

within

th

e pro

ject

, an

d t

o w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

in t

he

even

t of pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


213

Unit 27: Leading the application of basic statistical analysis


QCF level: 4

Credit value: 10


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required for leading the application of basic statistical analysis, by consulting with the appropriate people and leading the gathering relevant data for statistical analysis on a Six Sigma project. The learner will need to lead the use of the data gathered to produce descriptive statistics, which cover mean, median, mode, standard deviation, range and variance for the selected representative sample. The learner will be expected to lead the recording of the statistics gathered, using a variety of techniques that could include bar charts, histograms, Pareto diagrams, stem and leaf diagrams, box plots and time series charts. The learner will also be required to approve the production of an action plan as a result of the statistical and graphical analysis undertaken.









214



N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

215

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1a

Lead

the

applic

atio

n o

f bas

ic s

tatist

ical

anal

ysis

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

le

ad t

he

act

ivitie

s w

ithin

thei

r are

a of re

sponsi

bili

ty

to incl

ude

all of

the

follo

win

g:

• se

t out

and c

om

munic

ate

the

purp

ose

of th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivitie

s

• in

volv

e th

e te

am in p

lannin

g h

ow

the

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

will

be

ach

ieve

d

• en

sure

eac

h t

eam

mem

ber

has

indiv

idual

obje

ctiv

es a

nd u

nder

stan

ds

how

thes

e obje

ctiv

es c

ontr

ibute

to t

he

ove

rall

impro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

e

• pro

vide

advi

ce a

nd s

upport

the

team

to a

chie

ve

both

tea

m a

nd indiv

idual

im

pro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

es

• m

otiva

te t

he

team

to p

rese

nt

thei

r ow

n

impro

vem

ent

idea

s

• en

coura

ge

the

team

and/o

r in

div

idual

s to

tak

e th

e le

ad w

her

e ap

pro

priat

e

• ag

ree

the

imple

men

tation o

f th

e im

pro

vem

ent

idea

s

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

216

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

neg

otiate

any

phys

ical

and/o

r finan

cial

re

sourc

es r

equired

to im

ple

men

t th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivity

(wher

e appro

priat

e)

• m

onitor

the

pro

gre

ss o

f im

pro

vem

ent

activi

ties

• dea

l w

ith a

ny

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

ble

ms

iden

tified

during t

he

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

1.3

co

nsu

lt w

ith a

ppro

priat

e peo

ple

and lea

d t

he

gat

her

ing o

f th

e re

leva

nt

dat

a fo

r st

atis

tica

l an

alys

is

1.4

direc

t th

e pro

duct

ion o

f dat

a g

ath

erin

g form

s or

char

ts t

o g

ather

info

rmat

ion t

o e

nab

le s

tatist

ical

and g

raphic

al a

nal

ysis

to t

ake

pla

ce

1.5

le

ad t

he

reco

rdin

g o

f th

e co

llect

ed d

ata,

utilis

ing

thre

e of th

e fo

llow

ing m

ethods:

• bar

char

ts

• his

togra

ms

• Pa

reto

dia

gra

ms

• st

em a

nd lea

f dia

gra

ms

• box

plo

ts

• tim

e se

ries

char

ts

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

217

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1b

Lead

the

applic

atio

n o

f bas

ic s

tatist

ical

anal

ysis

(c

ontinued

)

1.6

le

ad t

he

use

of st

atis

tica

l an

d g

raphic

al an

alys

is o

n

a Six

Sig

ma

pro

ject

1.7

le

ad t

he

pro

duct

ion o

f des

crip

tive

sta

tist

ics

of

dat

a,

to incl

ude

all of

the

follo

win

g:

• m

ean

• m

edia

n

• m

ode

• st

andar

d d

evia

tion

• ra

nge

and v

aria

nce

1.8

le

ad t

he

pro

duct

ion o

f a

norm

al dis

trib

ution t

o

asse

ss a

popula

tion f

rom

the

repre

senta

tive

sam

ple

1.9

in

terp

ret

the

stat

istica

l dat

a co

llect

ed,

in o

rder

to

valid

ate

and a

ppro

ve t

he

pre

-det

erm

ined

cours

es o

f ac

tion

1.1

0

appro

ve t

he

pro

duct

ion o

f an

act

ion p

lan a

s a r

esult

of th

e st

atis

tica

l an

d g

raphic

al a

nal

ysis

under

take

n

2a

Know

how

to lea

d t

he

applic

atio

n o

f bas

ic

stat

istica

l an

alys

is

2.1

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

lea

din

g t

he

colle

ctin

g o

f dat

a

2.2

ex

pla

in h

ow

to p

lan t

he

reso

urc

es a

nd t

ime

nee

ded

to

car

ry o

ut

the

agre

ed a

ctiv

ity

2.3

des

crib

e th

e m

eanin

g o

f ‘v

ariat

ion’, h

ow

this

can

be

det

ecte

d w

ith s

tatist

ics

and h

ow

this

var

iation c

an

affe

ct a

pro

cess

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

218

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.4

des

crib

e th

e num

ber

of data

poin

ts n

eeded

to d

raw

a

statist

ically

val

id c

oncl

usi

on

2.5

ex

pla

in w

hy

we

nee

d t

o u

se b

asi

c st

atis

tics

2.6

des

crib

e th

e m

eanin

g o

f th

e te

rms

‘popula

tion’ an

d

‘sam

ple

’ w

hen

applie

d t

o b

asic

sta

tist

ics

2b

Know

how

to lea

d t

he

applic

atio

n o

f bas

ic

stat

istica

l an

alys

is

(continued

)

2.7

ex

pla

in d

istr

ibution c

urv

es a

nd t

he

pro

per

ties

of a

norm

al c

urv

e

2.8

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

reate

and u

se c

har

ts a

nd d

iagra

ms

(such

as

his

togra

ms,

box

plo

ts,

tim

e se

ries

char

ts,

par

eto d

iagra

ms,

ste

m a

nd lea

f dia

gra

ms)

2.9

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

alcu

late

mea

n,

med

ian,

mode,

st

andar

d d

evia

tion,

range

and v

aria

nce

2.1

0

des

crib

e th

e diffe

rence

bet

wee

n d

escr

iptive

and

infe

rential

sta

tist

ics

2.1

1

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

within

th

e pro

ject

, an

d t

o w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

in t

he

even

t of pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


219

Unit 28: Leading the application of Six Sigma metrics to a project

Unit reference number: Y/600/5931

QCF level: 4

Credit value: 9


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required for leading the application of Six Sigma metrics to a project. It involves consulting with appropriate personnel and leading the gathering of all the necessary data to produce a metric graph. The learner will need to lead the application of Six Sigma metrics to monitor the process and justify improvements, approving both primary and secondary metrics for the Six Sigma project. The learner will be expected to direct the use of the data collected and the graph produced to identify and approve where improvements can be made, and to approve an action plan that will bring about the improvements.









220



N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

221

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1a

Lead

the

applic

atio

n o

f Six

Sig

ma m

etrics

to a

pro

ject

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

le

ad t

he

act

ivitie

s w

ithin

thei

r are

a of re

sponsi

bili

ty

to incl

ude

all of

the

follo

win

g:

• se

t out

and c

om

munic

ate

the

purp

ose

of th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivitie

s

• in

volv

e th

e te

am in p

lannin

g h

ow

the

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

will

be

ach

ieve

d

• en

sure

eac

h t

eam

mem

ber

has

indiv

idual

obje

ctiv

es a

nd u

nder

stan

ds

how

thes

e obje

ctiv

es c

ontr

ibute

to t

he

ove

rall

impro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

e

• pro

vide

advi

ce a

nd s

upport

the

team

to a

chie

ve

both

tea

m a

nd indiv

idual

im

pro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

es

• m

otiva

te t

he

team

to p

rese

nt

thei

r ow

n

impro

vem

ent

idea

s

• en

coura

ge

the

team

and/o

r in

div

idual

s to

tak

e th

e le

ad w

her

e ap

pro

priat

e

• ag

ree

the

imple

men

tation o

f th

e im

pro

vem

ent

idea

s

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

222

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

neg

otiate

any

phys

ical

and/o

r finan

cial

re

sourc

es r

equired

to im

ple

men

t th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivity

(wher

e appro

priat

e)

• m

onitor

the

pro

gre

ss o

f im

pro

vem

ent

activi

ties

• dea

l w

ith a

ny

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

ble

ms

iden

tified

during t

he

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

1.3

le

ad S

ix S

igm

a m

etri

cs a

ctiv

itie

s on b

oth

:

• pro

duct

s

• pro

cess

es

1.4

co

nsu

lt w

ith a

ppro

priat

e per

sonnel

and lea

d t

he

gat

her

ing o

f th

e nec

essa

ry d

ata

to p

roduce

a m

etric

gra

ph

1.5

fo

r th

e se

lect

ed a

ctiv

ity,

lea

d t

he

applic

ation o

f si

x si

gm

a m

etrics

to m

onitor

the

pro

cess

and just

ify

impro

vem

ents

1.6

co

nfirm

, fo

r ea

ch o

f th

e ac

tivi

ties

cove

red:

• def

ects

per

mill

ion o

pport

unitie

s

• def

ects

per

unit

• ro

lled t

hro

ugh p

ut

yiel

d (

Yrt

)

• th

e si

gm

a s

core

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

223

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1b

Lead

the

applic

atio

n o

f Six

Sig

ma m

etrics

to a

pro

ject

(c

ontinued

)

1.7

co

nfirm

and a

ppro

ve m

etri

cs,

whic

h a

re:

• lo

ng t

erm

• sh

ort

ter

m

• va

riab

le o

r at

trib

ute

1.8

ap

pro

ve b

oth

pri

mar

y an

d s

econdar

y m

etrics

for

the

Six

Sig

ma

pro

ject

1.9

ag

ree

wher

e ap

pro

priat

e to

tra

nsf

orm

var

iable

dat

a to

att

ribute

dat

a

1.1

0

direc

t th

e use

of

the

dat

a co

llect

ed t

o c

om

ple

te a

prim

ary

met

ric

gra

ph

1.1

1

use

the

gra

ph p

roduce

d t

o iden

tify

and a

ppro

ve

wher

e im

pro

vem

ents

to m

etrics

can

be

mad

e

1.1

2

appro

ve a

n a

ctio

n p

lan t

hat

will

bri

ng a

bout

the

impro

vem

ents

2a

Know

how

to lea

d t

he

applic

atio

n o

f Six

Sig

ma

met

rics

to a

pro

ject

2.1

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

lea

din

g t

he

Six

Sig

ma

met

rics

act

ivity

2.2

ex

pla

in h

ow

to p

lan t

he

reso

urc

es a

nd t

ime

nee

ded

to

car

ry o

ut

the

agre

ed a

ctiv

ity

2.3

des

crib

e th

e m

ain fea

ture

s an

d b

enef

its

of ca

rryi

ng

out

a S

ix S

igm

a m

etri

cs a

ctiv

ity

2.4

des

crib

e th

e im

port

ance

of usi

ng m

etrics

to d

rive

a

six

sigm

a p

roje

ct

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

224

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.5

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

alcu

late

def

ects

per

mill

ion

opport

unitie

s, d

efec

ts p

er u

nit a

nd r

olle

d t

hro

ugh

put

yiel

d

2.6

ex

pla

in h

ow

to u

tilis

e Z t

able

s to

calc

ula

te t

he

sigm

a s

core

2.7

des

crib

e th

e tim

e per

iod n

eces

sary

to c

alcu

late

a

mea

nin

gfu

l base

line

2.8

ex

pla

in h

ow

to s

et r

ealis

tic

obje

ctiv

es a

nd t

arget

s fo

r th

e Six

Sig

ma

met

rics

act

ivity

2b

Know

how

to lea

d t

he

applic

atio

n o

f Six

Sig

ma

met

rics

to a

pro

ject

(c

ontinued

)

2.9

ex

pla

in h

ow

to g

ather

the

dat

a r

equired

for

incl

usi

on in a

met

ric

char

t

2.1

0

expla

in h

ow

to c

onst

ruct

a S

ix S

igm

a m

etric

char

t

2.1

1

des

crib

e th

e re

lationsh

ip b

etw

een ‘par

ts p

er

mill

ion’, ‘def

ects

per

mill

ion o

pport

unitie

s’,

Yrt

and

the

sigm

a s

core

2.1

2

des

crib

e th

e diffe

rence

bet

wee

n v

aria

ble

and

attr

ibute

dat

a

2.1

3

expla

in w

hy

it is

adva

nta

geo

us

to t

ransf

orm

at

trib

ute

dat

a in

to v

ariab

le d

ata

2.1

4

expla

in h

ow

to t

ransf

orm

att

ribute

dat

a in

to

variab

le d

ata

2.1

5

des

crib

e th

e si

gnific

ance

of

the

1.5

S s

hift,

and h

ow

it c

an b

e utilis

ed t

o infe

r lo

ng-t

erm

met

ric

valu

es

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

225

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.1

6

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

within

th

e pro

ject

and t

o w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

in t

he

even

t of pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

226


227

Unit 29: Leading the production of a characteristic selection matrix


QCF level: 4

Credit value: 9


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required for leading the production of a characteristic selection matrix. It involves working with the customer to agree the customer requirements and manage the application of a characteristic selection matrix to the Six Sigma project to create greater customer satisfaction. The learner will need to lead the collection of the necessary data and lead the production of a characteristic selection matrix for the chosen activity by managing the five-step process for generating the matrix. This will require listing the customer key process output variables, scoring the key process output variables, listing the key process input variables that impact the customer key process output variables, numerically rating the interaction between key process input variables and customer key process output variables and using ranking to prioritise future team focus. The learner will then be expected to use this information to identify and approve activities in the process where improvements can be made.









228



N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

229

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1a

Lead

the

pro

duct

ion o

f a

char

acte

rist

ic s

elec

tion

mat

rix

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

le

ad t

he

act

ivitie

s w

ithin

thei

r are

a of re

sponsi

bili

ty

to incl

ude

all of

the

follo

win

g:

• se

t out

and c

om

munic

ate

the

purp

ose

of th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivitie

s

• in

volv

e th

e te

am in p

lannin

g h

ow

the

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

will

be

ach

ieve

d

• en

sure

eac

h t

eam

mem

ber

has

indiv

idual

obje

ctiv

es a

nd u

nder

stan

ds

how

thes

e obje

ctiv

es c

ontr

ibute

to t

he

ove

rall

impro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

e

• pro

vide

advi

ce a

nd s

upport

the

team

to a

chie

ve

both

tea

m a

nd indiv

idual

im

pro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

es

• m

otiva

te t

he

team

to p

rese

nt

thei

r ow

n

impro

vem

ent

idea

s

• en

coura

ge

the

team

and/o

r in

div

idual

s to

tak

e th

e le

ad w

her

e ap

pro

priat

e

• ag

ree

the

imple

men

tation o

f th

e im

pro

vem

ent

idea

s

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

230

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

neg

otiate

any

phys

ical

and/o

r finan

cial

re

sourc

es r

equired

to im

ple

men

t th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivity

(wher

e appro

priat

e)

• m

onitor

the

pro

gre

ss o

f im

pro

vem

ent

activi

ties

• dea

l w

ith a

ny

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

ble

ms

iden

tified

during t

he

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

1.3

w

ork

with t

he

cust

om

er t

o a

gre

e th

e cu

stom

er

requirem

ents

and m

anag

e th

e ap

plic

atio

n o

f a

char

acte

rist

ic s

elec

tion m

atri

x to

the

Six

Sig

ma

pro

ject

1.4

le

ad t

he

pro

duct

ion o

f a

char

act

eris

tic

sele

ctio

n

mat

rix

for

two o

f th

e fo

llow

ing:

• co

nce

pt

• pro

duct

• des

ign

• pro

cess

• sy

stem

• m

achin

e

1.5

le

ad t

he

five

-ste

p p

roce

ss f

or

gen

erat

ing a

ch

arac

teri

stic

sel

ection m

atri

x:

• lis

t th

e cu

stom

er k

ey p

roce

ss o

utp

ut

variable

• sc

ore

the

key

pro

cess

outp

ut

variab

les

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

231

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

list

the

key

pro

cess

input

variab

les

that

im

pac

t th

e cu

stom

er k

ey p

roce

ss o

utp

ut

variab

les

• num

eric

ally

rate

the

inte

ract

ion b

etw

een k

ey

pro

cess

input

variab

les

and c

ust

om

er k

ey

pro

cess

outp

ut

variable

s

• use

ran

king t

o p

rioritise

futu

re t

eam

focu

s

1b

Lead

the

pro

duct

ion o

f a

char

acte

rist

ic s

elec

tion

mat

rix

(continued

)

1.6

le

ad t

he

colle

ctio

n o

f al

l th

e re

quired

dat

a

nec

essa

ry t

o c

reat

e th

e m

atrix

1.7

le

ad t

he

pro

duct

ion o

f a

char

act

eris

tic

sele

ctio

n

mat

rix

for

the

chose

n a

ctiv

ity

1.8

use

the

char

acte

rist

ic s

elec

tion m

atri

x pro

duce

d t

o

agre

e sc

oring p

aram

eter

s fo

r:

• cu

stom

ers

• te

am m

ember

s

1.9

use

the

mat

rix

pro

duce

d t

o iden

tify

and a

ppro

ve

activi

ties

in t

he

pro

cess

wher

e im

pro

vem

ents

can

be

made

1.1

0

lead

the

pre

par

atio

n o

f an

d a

ppro

ve a

n a

ctio

n p

lan

that

will

bring a

bout

the

impro

vem

ents

2a

Know

how

to lea

d t

he

pro

duct

ion o

f a

char

acte

rist

ic s

elec

tion

mat

rix

2.1

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

lea

din

g t

he

chara

cter

istic

sele

ctio

n m

atri

x act

ivity

2.2

ex

pla

in h

ow

to p

lan t

he

reso

urc

es a

nd t

ime

nee

ded

to

car

ry o

ut

the

agre

ed a

ctiv

ity

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

232

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.3

ex

pla

in w

hat

is

a c

hara

cter

istic

sele

ctio

n m

atri

x;

why

we

nee

d t

o p

roduce

them

; an

d w

ho s

hould

cr

eate

a c

har

acte

rist

ic s

elec

tion m

atri

x

2.4

ex

pla

in h

ow

to g

ener

ate

a c

har

acte

rist

ic s

elec

tion

mat

rix

usi

ng t

he

five

-ste

p p

roce

ss

2.5

ex

pla

in w

hat

is

mea

nt

by

the

term

‘cu

stom

er’ w

hen

pro

duci

ng a

char

acte

rist

ic s

elec

tion m

atri

x

2.6

ex

pla

in w

hat

are

key

pro

cess

outp

ut

variable

s an

d

key

pro

cess

input

variab

les

2.7

ex

pla

in w

her

e in

the

qual

ity

funct

ion d

eplo

ymen

t m

atrix

the

char

act

eris

tic

sele

ctio

n m

atrix

appea

rs

2.8

des

crib

e th

e in

ter-

rela

tionsh

ip b

etw

een a

ch

arac

teri

stic

sel

ection m

atri

x and a

pote

ntial

fa

ilure

modes

and e

ffec

ts a

nal

ysis

2b

Know

how

to lea

d t

he

pro

duct

ion o

f a

char

acte

rist

ic s

elec

tion

mat

rix

(continued

)

2.9

des

crib

e th

e in

ter-

rela

tionsh

ip b

etw

een S

ix S

igm

a pro

cess

map

pin

g a

nd a

char

act

eris

tic

sele

ctio

n

mat

rix

2.1

0

expla

in h

ow

to s

core

a c

har

acte

rist

ic s

elec

tion

mat

rix

2.1

1

expla

in h

ow

a p

roce

ss m

ap lin

ks into

a

char

acte

rist

ic s

elec

tion m

atri

x

2.1

2

expla

in h

ow

a c

har

act

eris

tic

sele

ctio

n m

atr

ix lin

ks

into

a p

ote

ntial

fai

lure

modes

and e

ffec

ts a

nal

ysis

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

233

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.1

3

expla

in h

ow

to u

tilis

e th

e re

sults

of a c

hara

cter

istic

sele

ctio

n m

atri

x

2.1

4

expla

in h

ow

to p

rioritise

a S

ix S

igm

a pro

ject

tea

m’s

fo

cus

2.1

5

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

within

th

e pro

ject

and w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

to,

in t

he

even

t of pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

234


235

Unit 30: Leading the carrying out of capability studies


QCF level: 4

Credit value: 14


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required for leading the carrying out of capability studies. It involves obtaining and approving all the necessary data needed to carry out the study analysis, and agreeing the appropriate sample size using statistical based techniques. From the study, the learner will be required to lead the production of statistical information. This will include calculations for mean, mode, median, standard deviation, range, variance, and the capability indices Cp and Cpk for the process. The learner will also need to approve calculations for the sigma score (Z) from the Cpk and the parts per million outside upper and lower specification limits for the processes studied for both the long and short term.









236



N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

237

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1a

Lead

the

carr

ying o

ut

of

capab

ility

stu

die

s 1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

le

ad t

he

act

ivitie

s w

ithin

thei

r are

a of re

sponsi

bili

ty

to incl

ude

all of

the

follo

win

g:

• se

t out

and c

om

munic

ate

the

purp

ose

of th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivitie

s

• in

volv

e th

e te

am in p

lannin

g h

ow

the

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

will

be

ach

ieve

d

• en

sure

eac

h t

eam

mem

ber

has

indiv

idual

obje

ctiv

es a

nd u

nder

stan

ds

how

thes

e obje

ctiv

es c

ontr

ibute

to t

he

ove

rall

impro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

e

• pro

vide

advi

ce a

nd s

upport

the

team

to a

chie

ve

both

tea

m a

nd indiv

idual

im

pro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

es

• m

otiva

te t

he

team

to p

rese

nt

thei

r ow

n

impro

vem

ent

idea

s

• en

coura

ge

the

team

and/o

r in

div

idual

s to

tak

e th

e le

ad w

her

e ap

pro

priat

e

• ag

ree

the

imple

men

tation o

f th

e im

pro

vem

ent

idea

s

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

238

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

neg

otiate

any

phys

ical

and/o

r finan

cial

re

sourc

es r

equired

to im

ple

men

t th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivity

(wher

e appro

priat

e)

• m

onitor

the

pro

gre

ss o

f im

pro

vem

ent

activi

ties

• dea

l w

ith a

ny

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

ble

ms

iden

tified

during t

he

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

1.3

le

ad a

capab

ility

stu

dy,

whic

h c

ove

rs b

oth

:

• th

e sh

ort

ter

m

• th

e lo

ng t

erm

1.4

obta

in a

nd a

ppro

ve a

ll th

e nec

essa

ry d

ata

nee

ded

to

car

ry o

ut

the

capabili

ty s

tudy

anal

ysis

1.5

ag

ree

the

appro

priat

e sa

mple

siz

e usi

ng s

tatist

ical

bas

ed t

echniq

ues

1.6

det

erm

ine

whet

her

rational

sub-g

roupin

g is

appro

priat

e

1b

Lead

the

carr

ying o

ut

of

capab

ility

stu

die

s (c

ontinued

)

1.7

le

ad t

he

pro

cess

cap

abili

ty s

tudy

and c

onfirm

re

leva

nt

stat

istics

1.8

co

nfirm

the

calc

ula

tion o

f th

e fo

llow

ing s

tatist

ics:

• m

ean

• m

edia

n

• m

ode

• st

andar

d d

evia

tion

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

239

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

range

• va

rian

ce

1.9

co

nfirm

the

calc

ula

tion o

f th

e fo

llow

ing f

rom

the

above

sta

tist

ics:

• th

e ca

pab

ility

indic

es C

p a

nd C

pk

for

the

pro

cess

• th

e si

gm

a s

core

(Z)

from

the

Cpk

• th

e par

ts p

er m

illio

n o

uts

ide

upper

and low

er

spec

ific

atio

n lim

its

for

the

pro

cess

es s

tudie

d

1.1

0

lead

the

pro

duct

ion o

f a

his

togra

m t

o r

epre

sent

the

Cp a

nd C

pk

gra

phic

ally

1.1

1

obta

in a

nd a

ppro

ve t

he

info

rmation g

ained

and

agre

e ac

tivi

ties

to im

pro

ve t

he

pro

cess

capab

ility

1.1

2

lead

the

pro

duct

ion o

f an

d a

ppro

ve a

pro

cess

ca

pab

ility

rep

ort

hig

hlig

hting t

he

impro

vem

ents

to

be

made

and t

he

actions

to b

e ta

ken

2a

Know

how

to lea

d t

he

carr

ying o

ut

of ca

pabili

ty

studie

s

2.1

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

lea

din

g t

he

capab

ility

stu

die

s

2.2

ex

pla

in h

ow

to p

lan t

he

reso

urc

es a

nd t

ime

nee

ded

to

car

ry o

ut

the

agre

ed a

ctiv

ity

2.3

ex

pla

in w

hy

we

nee

d t

o a

sses

s pro

cess

capab

ility

an

d h

ow

this

affec

ts a

Six

Sig

ma

pro

ject

2.4

ex

pla

in w

hat

is

mea

nt

by

the

term

Sig

ma S

core

(Z)

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

240

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.5

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

alcu

late

the

Sig

ma

Sco

re (

Z)

and

use

this

to e

stim

ate

the

per

centa

ge

outs

ide

of

spec

ific

atio

n

2.6

ex

pla

in w

hat

Cp a

nd C

pk

are

and h

ow

are

they

ca

lcula

ted

2.7

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

alcu

late

long t

erm

cap

abili

ty f

rom

sh

ort

-ter

m d

ata

2b

Know

how

to lea

d t

he

carr

ying o

ut

of ca

pabili

ty

studie

s (c

ontinued

)

2.8

ex

pla

in h

ow

man

y sa

mple

s ar

e nee

ded

for

a st

atis

tica

lly v

alid

short

ter

m c

apab

ility

stu

dy

2.9

ex

pla

in w

hat

a p

opula

tion is

and w

hat

a s

ample

is

2.1

0

expla

in h

ow

to s

elec

t ap

pro

priate

sam

ple

siz

es

2.1

1

expla

in h

ow

to c

alcu

late

part

s per

mill

ion

2.1

2

expla

in h

ow

to c

alcu

late

mea

n,

med

ian,

mode,

st

andar

d d

evia

tion,

range,

and v

aria

nce

2.1

3

expla

in h

ow

to p

erfo

rm r

atio

nal

sub-g

roupin

g

2.1

4

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

within

th

e pro

ject

and w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

to,

in t

he

even

t of pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

241

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

242


243

Unit 31: Leading the production of multi variance charts


QCF level: 4

Credit value: 9


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required for leading the production of multi-variance charts. It involves approving the selection of a suitable activity on which to carry out the multi-variance charting process, consulting with the appropriate people and directing the gathering of the relevant data necessary for the analysis. The learner will be required to use the data collected to lead the production of a data demographics form for the process and subsequently approve a multi- variance chart showing within part variation, piece-to-piece variation and time-to-time variation. The learner will need to lead on the recording and displaying of the information using a variety of techniques such as bar charts, histograms, Pareto diagrams, stem and leaf diagrams, box plots and time series charts. The learner will also be expected to approve a report of the activity highlighting the opportunities for improvement and manage an action plan, which makes recommendations on how they can be implemented.









244



N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

245

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1a

Lead

the

pro

duct

ion o

f m

ulti-

vari

ance

char

ts

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

le

ad t

he

act

ivitie

s w

ithin

thei

r are

a of re

sponsi

bili

ty

to incl

ude

all of

the

follo

win

g:

• se

t out

and c

om

munic

ate

the

purp

ose

of th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivitie

s

• in

volv

e th

e te

am in p

lannin

g h

ow

the

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

will

be

ach

ieve

d

• en

sure

eac

h t

eam

mem

ber

has

indiv

idual

obje

ctiv

es a

nd u

nder

stan

ds

how

thes

e obje

ctiv

es c

ontr

ibute

to t

he

ove

rall

impro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

e

• pro

vide

advi

ce a

nd s

upport

the

team

to a

chie

ve

both

tea

m a

nd indiv

idual

im

pro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

es

• m

otiva

te t

he

team

to p

rese

nt

thei

r ow

n

impro

vem

ent

idea

s

• en

coura

ge

the

team

and/o

r in

div

idual

s to

tak

e th

e le

ad w

her

e ap

pro

priat

e

• ag

ree

the

imple

men

tation o

f th

e im

pro

vem

ent

idea

s

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

246

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

neg

otiate

any

phys

ical

and/o

r finan

cial

re

sourc

es r

equired

to im

ple

men

t th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivity

(wher

e appro

priat

e)

• m

onitor

the

pro

gre

ss o

f im

pro

vem

ent

activi

ties

• dea

l w

ith a

ny

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

ble

ms

iden

tified

during t

he

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

1.3

le

ad t

he

pro

duct

ion o

f m

ulti-

vari

ance

char

ts f

or

two

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

• co

nce

pt

• pro

duct

• des

ign

• pro

cess

• sy

stem

• m

achin

e

1.4

ap

pro

ve t

he

sele

ctio

n o

f a

suitable

act

ivity

on w

hic

h

to c

arry

out

the

multi-

variance

char

ting p

roce

ss

1.5

co

nsu

lt w

ith t

he

appro

priat

e peo

ple

and d

irec

t th

e gat

her

ing o

f th

e re

leva

nt

dat

a nec

essa

ry f

or

the

multi-

varian

ce c

har

ting a

nal

ysis

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

247

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1.6

le

ad t

he

reco

rdin

g o

f th

e co

llect

ed d

ata

utilis

ing a

t le

ast

thre

e of th

e fo

llow

ing t

echniq

ues

:

• bar

char

ts h

isto

gra

ms

• Pa

reto

dia

gra

ms

• st

em a

nd lea

f dia

gra

ms

• box

plo

ts

• tim

e se

ries

char

ts

1b

Lead

the

pro

duct

ion o

f m

ulti-

vari

ance

char

ts

(continued

)

1.7

le

ad t

he

pro

duct

ion o

f a

dat

a d

emogra

phic

s fo

rm

for

the

sele

cted

act

ivity

1.8

use

the

data

dem

ogra

phic

s fo

rm t

o a

ppro

ve a

m

ulti-

vari

ance

char

t sh

ow

ing:

• w

ithin

-part

var

iation

• pie

ce-t

o-p

iece

var

iation

• tim

e-to

-tim

e va

riat

ion

1.9

obta

in a

nd a

ppro

ve a

multi-

vari

ance

char

t on t

he

activi

ty s

elec

ted

1.1

0

dis

cuss

and a

ppro

ve o

pport

unitie

s fo

r im

pro

vem

ent

from

the

multi-

vari

ance

char

t

1.1

1

lead

the

crea

tion o

f an a

ctio

n p

lan t

hat

min

imis

es

variat

ion a

nd a

ppro

ve r

ecom

men

dat

ions

on h

ow

th

e im

pro

vem

ents

can b

e im

ple

men

ted

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

248

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2a

Know

how

to lea

d t

he

pro

duct

ion o

f m

ulti-

varian

ce c

har

ts

2.1

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

direc

ting t

he

gat

her

ing o

f th

e dat

a fo

r a

multi-

varian

ce c

har

t act

ivity

2.2

ex

pla

in h

ow

to p

lan t

he

reso

urc

es a

nd t

ime

nee

ded

to

car

ry o

ut

the

agre

ed a

ctiv

ity

2.3

ex

pla

in w

hy

we

nee

d t

o c

arry

out

multi va

rian

ce

char

ting a

nd t

he

ben

efits

to b

e gai

ned

fro

m t

his

ac

tivi

ty

2.4

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

onst

ruct

a d

ata

dem

ogra

phic

s fo

rm

and a

multi-

varian

ce c

har

t

2.5

ex

pla

in h

ow

to a

sses

s th

e ch

art

for

within

-pie

ce

variat

ion,

pie

ce-t

o-p

iece

var

iation a

nd t

ime-

to-t

ime

variat

ion

2b

Know

how

to lea

d t

he

pro

duct

ion o

f m

ulti-

varian

ce c

har

ts

(continued

)

2.6

ex

pla

in h

ow

much

data

nee

ds

to b

e gat

her

ed t

o

dra

w s

tatist

ical

ly v

alid

concl

usi

ons

from

the

chart

2.7

ex

pla

in h

ow

to d

raw

furt

her

concl

usi

on b

y utilis

ing

tools

such

as

bar

chart

s, b

ox

plo

ts,

his

togra

ms,

st

em a

nd lea

f dia

gra

ms,

Par

eto d

iagra

ms

and t

ime

series

char

ts

2.8

des

crib

e th

e ben

efits

of m

ulti-

varian

ce a

nal

ysis

with

resp

ect

to d

esig

n o

f ex

per

imen

t

2.9

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

within

th

e pro

ject

and w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

to,

in t

he

even

t of pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

249

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

250


251

Unit 32: Leading the process of hypothesis testing


QCF level: 4

Credit value: 9


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required for leading the process of hypothesis testing. It involves directing the calculation of the correct sample size to ensure the statistical validity of the hypothesis test and leading the production of a suitable sampling plan to reduce systematic errors. The tests should be conducted on a variable/process in a Six Sigma project where the actual statistics from data collected is compared with the calculated statistics so that a decision can be reached as to which hypothesis is true. Typically, tests that can be carried out could be F-Test, Chi-Square test, normality tests, T-test, Levene’s test, Bartlett’s test, contingency table and one-way ANOVA. The learner will be required to lead the production and approval of a hypothesis test report on the variable/process studied.



Specific unit requirements:






252



N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

253

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1a

Lead t

he

pro

cess

of

hyp

oth

esis

tes

ting

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

le

ad t

he

act

ivitie

s w

ithin

thei

r are

a of re

sponsi

bili

ty

to incl

ude

all of

the

follo

win

g:

• se

t out

and c

om

munic

ate

the

purp

ose

of th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivitie

s

• in

volv

e th

e te

am in p

lannin

g h

ow

the

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

will

be

ach

ieve

d

• en

sure

eac

h t

eam

mem

ber

has

indiv

idual

obje

ctiv

es a

nd u

nder

stan

ds

how

thes

e obje

ctiv

es c

ontr

ibute

to t

he

ove

rall

impro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

e

• pro

vide

advi

ce a

nd s

upport

the

team

to a

chie

ve

both

tea

m a

nd indiv

idual

im

pro

vem

ent

obje

ctiv

es

• m

otiva

te t

he

team

to p

rese

nt

thei

r ow

n

impro

vem

ent

idea

s

• en

coura

ge

the

team

and/o

r in

div

idual

s to

tak

e th

e le

ad w

her

e ap

pro

priat

e

• ag

ree

the

imple

men

tation o

f th

e im

pro

vem

ent

idea

s

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

254

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

neg

otiate

any

phys

ical

and/o

r finan

cial

re

sourc

es r

equired

to im

ple

men

t th

e im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivity

(wher

e appro

priat

e)

• m

onitor

the

pro

gre

ss o

f im

pro

vem

ent

activi

ties

• dea

l w

ith a

ny

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

ble

ms

iden

tified

during t

he

impro

vem

ent

act

ivity

1.3

direc

t th

e utiliz

atio

n o

f sa

mple

siz

e se

lect

ion t

o

ensu

re t

he

statist

ical

val

idity

of

an h

ypoth

esis

tes

t an

d c

hec

k th

e ca

lcula

tion f

or

the

corr

ect

sam

ple

si

ze r

equired

for

the

test

1.4

le

ad t

he

pro

duct

ion o

f a

suitab

le s

amplin

g p

lan t

o

reduce

sys

tem

atic

err

ors

1.5

le

ad t

he

conduct

ing o

f a

hyp

oth

esis

tes

t on a

va

riab

le/p

roce

ss in a

Six

Sig

ma

pro

ject

1b

Lead t

he

pro

cess

of

hyp

oth

esis

tes

ting

(continued

)

1.6

obta

in a

nd c

onfirm

the

actu

al s

tatist

ic fro

m d

ata

colle

cted

1.7

co

nfirm

the

corr

ect

stat

istic

from

one

of

the

follo

win

g:

• F-

test

• Chi-

Squar

e te

st

• norm

ality

test

s

• T-t

est

• Le

vene’

s te

st

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

255

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

•

Bar

tlet

t’s

test

• co

ntingen

cy t

able

• one

way

AN

OVA

1.8

co

nfirm

for

a hyp

oth

esis

tes

t:

• th

e D

elta

/Sig

ma r

atio

• th

e Alp

ha

risk

• th

e Bet

a r

isk

1.9

use

the

appro

priat

e te

st t

o c

om

par

e th

e ca

lcula

ted

stat

istic

agai

nst

act

ual st

atis

tic

and c

onfirm

whic

h

hyp

oth

esis

is

true

1.1

0

confirm

the

follo

win

g:

• null

hyp

oth

esis

• al

tern

ativ

e hyp

oth

esis

• te

st s

tatist

ic

1.1

1

lead

the

pro

duct

ion o

f an

d a

ppro

ve a

hyp

oth

esis

te

st r

eport

on t

he

variab

le/p

roce

ss s

tudie

d

2a

Know

how

to lea

d t

he

pro

cess

of

hyp

oth

esis

te

stin

g

2.1

ex

pla

in w

hat

hyp

oth

esis

tes

ting is,

why

we

nee

d t

o

use

hyp

oth

esis

tes

ting a

nd h

ow

this

ben

efits

a Six

Sig

ma im

pro

vem

ent

pro

ject

2.2

ex

pla

in h

ow

to p

lan t

he

reso

urc

es a

nd t

ime

nee

ded

to

car

ry o

ut

the

agre

ed a

ctiv

ity

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

256

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.3

ex

pla

in w

hy

we

nee

d t

o iden

tify

a s

uitab

le s

ample

si

ze

2.4

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

alcu

late

a s

uitable

sam

ple

siz

e

2.5

ex

pla

in w

hat

is

mea

nt

by

Alp

ha

risk

, Bet

a risk

and

Del

ta/S

igm

a ra

tio

2.6

ex

pla

in w

hat

is

mea

nt

by

pra

ctic

al d

iffe

rence

and

stat

istica

l diffe

rence

2.7

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

onduct

a h

ypoth

esis

tes

t

2b

Know

how

to lea

d t

he

pro

cess

of

hyp

oth

esis

te

stin

g (

continued

)

2.8

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

alcu

late

tes

t st

atis

tics

such

as

mea

n,

med

ian,

mode,

sta

ndar

d d

evia

tion,

range

and v

arian

ce

2.9

ex

pla

in w

hat

a p

opula

tion a

nd a

sam

ple

are

2.1

0

expla

in w

hat

is

mea

nt

by

the

null

hyp

oth

esis

2.1

1

expla

in w

hat

is

mea

nt

by

the

alte

rnat

e hyp

oth

esis

2.1

2

expla

in h

ow

to d

eter

min

e th

e co

rrec

t st

atis

tic

from

th

e fo

llow

ing:

F-te

st,

Chi-

Squar

e te

st,

norm

ality

test

s, T

-tes

t, L

even

e’s

test

, Bar

tlet

t’s

test

, co

ntingen

cy t

able

s an

d o

ne

way

AN

OVA

2.1

3

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

within

th

e pro

ject

and w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

to,

in t

he

even

t of pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

257

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

258


259

Unit 33: Carrying out evolutionary operations (EVOP)


QCF level: 4

Credit value: 9


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required for carrying out evolutionary operations (EVOP). It involves applying the principles and processes of EVOP to the selected process over a period of time whilst the plant/process is still in production. The learner will need to calculate the correct sample size required and identify a suitable sampling plan to reduce systematic errors. The learner will be expected to determine the scope/parameters of the experiment and carry out the experiment within these parameters, utilising the appropriate tools and techniques. The results of the EVOP will be recorded and analysed to identify areas where improvements to the process can be made. The learner will also need to produce a report of the findings along with an action plan to ensure the improvements identified are implemented.





N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

260

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1a

Car

ry o

ut

evolu

tionary

oper

atio

ns

(EVO

P)

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

se

lect

an a

ppro

priat

e pro

cess

on w

hic

h t

o c

arry

out

the

evolu

tionar

y oper

atio

ns

and o

bta

in a

ll th

e nec

essa

ry d

ata

1.3

det

erm

ine

the

scope/

par

amet

ers

of th

e ex

per

imen

t

1.4

utilis

e sa

mple

siz

e se

lect

ion t

o e

nsu

re t

he

stat

istica

l va

lidity

of

the

exper

imen

t an

d c

alcu

late

the

corr

ect

sam

ple

siz

e fo

r an

exp

erim

ent

1.5

es

tim

ate

the

reso

urc

es a

nd e

xpec

ted b

enef

its

for

the

evolu

tionar

y oper

atio

ns

under

take

n

1.6

docu

men

t th

e re

sourc

es r

equired

to incl

ude:

• finan

cial

• tim

esca

les

• m

anpow

er

• pla

nt/

equip

men

t

• m

ater

ials

1b

Car

ry o

ut

evolu

tionary

oper

atio

ns

(EVO

P)

(continued

)

1.7

id

entify

a s

uitab

le s

am

plin

g p

lan t

o r

educe

sy

stem

atic

erro

rs

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

261

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1.8

ru

n a

n e

volu

tionar

y oper

atio

n e

xper

imen

t usi

ng

appro

priat

e to

ols

and t

echniq

ues

, re

cord

ing a

nd

anal

ysin

g t

he

dat

a c

olle

cted

1.9

id

entify

for

the

exper

imen

t under

take

n:

• a

suitab

le a

lpha

risk

lev

el

• a

suitab

le d

elta

that

nee

ds

to b

e obse

rved

• a

suitab

le b

eta

leve

l

1.1

0

det

erm

ine

the

corr

ect

exper

imen

tal des

ign t

o u

se

from

one

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

• fu

ll fa

ctori

al

• 2k

fact

ori

al

• fr

actional fa

ctori

al

1.1

1

contr

ibute

to t

he

const

ruct

ion o

f an

evo

lutionar

y oper

atio

ns

boar

d

1.1

2

calc

ula

te a

nd p

roduce

gra

phs

for

the

follo

win

g:

• m

ain e

ffec

ts

• in

tera

ctio

ns

1.1

3

iden

tify

suitab

le o

ptim

al c

onditio

ns

and p

roduce

an

evolu

tionary

oper

atio

ns

report

, hig

hlig

hting t

he

findin

gs

and incl

udin

g a

n a

ctio

n p

lan t

o e

nsu

re t

he

impro

vem

ents

are

im

ple

men

ted

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

262

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2a

Know

how

to c

arry

out

evolu

tionary

oper

atio

ns

(EVO

P)

2.1

des

crib

e th

e ad

vanta

ges

and d

isad

vanta

ges

to

usi

ng e

volu

tionar

y oper

atio

ns

(EVO

P)

2.2

ex

pla

in w

hat

is

mea

nt

by

a cy

cle

and a

phas

e

2.3

ex

pla

in h

ow

to g

ather

the

dat

a d

uring a

n

evolu

tionary

oper

atio

ns

act

ivity

2.4

ex

pla

in w

hy

we

should

use

evo

lutionar

y oper

atio

ns

in a

n im

pro

vem

ent

act

ivity

2.5

des

crib

e ev

olu

tionar

y oper

atio

n e

xper

imen

tal

des

ign a

nd h

ow

it

is u

sed in a

Six

Sig

ma

impro

vem

ent

pro

ject

2.6

ex

pla

in h

ow

and w

hen

evo

lutionar

y oper

ations

should

be

re-r

un a

nd w

hy

2.7

ex

pla

in w

hat

sta

tist

ics

should

be

calc

ula

ted in

apply

ing e

volu

tionar

y oper

atio

ns

2.8

des

crib

e th

e m

easu

rem

ents

of ce

ntr

al t

enden

cy a

nd

variat

ion a

nd h

ow

they

are

cal

cula

ted

2b

Know

how

to c

arry

out

evolu

tionary

oper

atio

ns

(EVO

P) (

continued

)

2.9

des

crib

e sa

mple

siz

e se

lect

ion t

o e

nsu

re t

he

stat

istica

l va

lidity

of

an e

xper

imen

t

2.1

0

des

crib

e D

elta

/Sig

ma r

atio

, Alp

ha

and B

eta

risk

for

exper

imen

ts

2.1

1

expla

in h

ow

to c

reate

an e

volu

tionar

y oper

atio

ns

boar

d

2.1

2

expla

in h

ow

to c

arry

out

cost

and b

enef

it a

nal

ysis

w

ithin

evo

lutionar

y oper

atio

ns

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

263

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.1

3

expla

in h

ow

to c

onduct

full

fact

orial

, 2k

fact

ori

al

and fra

ctio

nal

fact

orial

exp

erim

ents

2.1

4

expla

in h

ow

to c

alcu

late

and p

roduce

gra

phs

for

mai

n e

ffec

ts a

nd inte

ract

ions

2.1

5

expla

in h

ow

to iden

tify

suitab

le o

ptim

al co

nditio

ns,

an

d h

ow

to c

reat

e an a

ctio

n p

lan t

o e

nsu

re t

hes

e co

nditio

ns

are

imple

men

ted

2.1

6

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

within

th

e act

ivity

and w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

to,

in t

he

even

t of pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

264


265

Unit 34: Applying central limit theorem and confidence intervals


QCF level: 4

Credit value: 9


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required for applying central limit theorem and confidence intervals to a project. It involves demonstrating how central limit theorem can be utilised to estimate the mean of a population when it is not normally distributed. The learner will be required to calculate confidence intervals from the standard confidence interval equations, which will include mean, standard deviation, Cp, and Cpk. The learner will be expected to demonstrate how sample size affects the accuracy of the mean. The learner will also be expected to produce a report highlighting the findings and an action plan identifying how the improvements can be implemented.





N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

266

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1a

Apply

cen

tral

lim

it

theo

rem

and c

onfiden

ce

inte

rval

s

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

dem

onst

rate

how

cen

tral

lim

it t

heo

rem

can b

e utilis

ed t

o e

stim

ate

the

mea

n o

f a

popula

tion w

hen

it is

not

norm

ally

dis

trib

ute

d

1.3

utilis

e th

e ce

ntr

al lim

it t

heo

rem

to:

• tr

ansf

orm

non-n

orm

al d

ata

into

norm

al d

ata

• in

crea

se t

he

accu

racy

of

mea

sure

men

t sy

stem

s

• ca

lcula

te t

he

stan

dar

d e

rror

of

the

mea

n f

or

a se

t of dat

a

• utilis

e ce

ntr

al lim

it t

heo

rem

to g

ive

an

appro

priat

e sa

mple

siz

e fo

r a

test

or

insp

ection

1.4

ca

lcula

te c

onfiden

ce inte

rvals

fro

m t

he

standar

d

confiden

ce inte

rval

equat

ions

1b

Apply

cen

tral

lim

it

theo

rem

and c

onfiden

ce

inte

rval

s (c

ontinued

)

1.5

ca

lcula

te c

onfiden

ce inte

rvals

for

the

follo

win

g:

• m

ean

• st

andar

d d

evia

tion

• Cp

• Cpk

1.6

dem

onst

rate

how

sam

ple

siz

e af

fect

s th

e ac

cura

cy

of th

e m

ean

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

267

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1.7

pro

duce

a r

eport

hig

hlig

hting t

he

findin

gs

and

incl

ude

an a

ctio

n p

lan t

o e

nsu

re t

he

impro

vem

ents

ar

e im

ple

men

ted

2a

Know

how

to a

pply

cen

tral

lim

it t

heo

rem

and

confiden

ce inte

rval

s

2.1

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

carr

ying o

ut

an e

xper

imen

t

2.2

ex

pla

in w

hat

the

centr

al lim

it t

heo

rem

is

2.3

ex

pla

in w

hat

is

mea

nt

by

the

stan

dar

d e

rror

of th

e m

ean

2.4

ex

pla

in h

ow

the

centr

al lim

it t

heo

rem

can

be

use

d

to r

educe

mea

sure

men

t er

ror

2.5

des

crib

e th

e num

ber

of obse

rvations

that

must

be

mad

e in

ord

er t

o e

stim

ate

a p

opula

tion m

ean w

hen

th

e dat

a is

not

norm

ally

dis

trib

ute

d

2.6

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

alcu

late

the

standar

d e

rror

of th

e m

ean

2b

Know

how

to a

pply

cen

tral

lim

it t

heo

rem

and

confiden

ce inte

rval

s (c

ontinued

)

2.7

des

crib

e th

e re

lationsh

ip b

etw

een t

he

stan

dar

d

erro

r of

the

mea

ns

and s

am

ple

siz

e

2.8

ex

pla

in h

ow

to u

tilis

e ce

ntr

al lim

it t

heo

rem

to

reduce

mea

sure

men

t sy

stem

err

or

2.9

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

alcu

late

mea

n,

med

ian,

mode,

st

andar

d d

evia

tion,

range,

varian

ce,

Cp a

nd C

pk

2.1

0

expla

in h

ow

to c

alcu

late

confiden

ce inte

rval

s fr

om

th

e st

andard

confiden

ce inte

rval

equations

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

268

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.1

1

des

crib

e th

e ‘m

ean o

f m

eans’

princi

ple

2.1

2

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

within

th

e act

ivity

and w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

to,

in t

he

even

t of pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


269

Unit 35: Producing Taguchi linear graphs


QCF level: 4

Credit value: 9


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required for producing Taguchi linear graphs. It involves utilising sample size selection to ensure the statistical validity of the experiment and calculating the correct sample size for the experiment. The learner will need to produce and use suitable sampling plans to reduce systematic errors and estimate the resources and expected benefits from carrying out the Taguchi linear graph activity. The learner will need to choose the appropriate Taguchi linear graph to use and calculate the factor settings for the Taguchi linear graph experiment. Having gathered all the necessary information and completed the appropriate calculations they will need to run an experiment and analyse the data collected for main effects and interactions. The learner will be required to identify suitable optimum conditions and produce a report of the activities, which includes an action plan identifying how the improvements can be implemented.





N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

270

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1a

Produce

Taguch

i lin

ear

gra

phs

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

utilis

e sa

mple

siz

e se

lect

ion t

o e

nsu

re t

he

stat

istica

l va

lidity

of

the

exper

imen

t an

d c

alcu

late

the

corr

ect

sam

ple

siz

e fo

r th

e ex

per

imen

t

1.3

id

entify

suitab

le s

amplin

g p

lans

to r

educe

sy

stem

atic

erro

rs

1.4

es

tim

ate

the

reso

urc

es a

nd e

xpec

ted b

enef

its

from

th

e Tag

uch

i lin

ear

gra

ph a

ctiv

ity

and g

ain a

ppro

val

1.5

docu

men

t th

e re

sourc

es r

equired

to incl

ude:

• finan

cial

• tim

esca

les

• m

anpow

er

• pla

nt/

equip

men

t

• m

ater

ials

1.6

det

erm

ine

the

corr

ect

Tag

uch

i lin

ear

gra

ph t

o u

se

1.7

ca

lcula

te f

acto

r se

ttin

gs

for

the

Tag

uch

i lin

ear

gra

ph e

xper

imen

t

1b

Produce

Taguch

i lin

ear

gra

phs

(continued

) 1.8

det

erm

ine

fact

ors

and lev

els

for

the

des

ign o

f ex

per

imen

t

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

271

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1.9

det

erm

ine

for

the

Taguch

i lin

ear

gra

ph e

xper

imen

t:

• a

suitab

le A

lpha

risk

lev

el

• a

suitab

le B

eta lev

el

• a

suitab

le D

elta

that

nee

ds

to b

e obse

rved

1.1

0

run a

n e

xper

imen

t re

cord

ing a

nd a

nal

yse

the

dat

a

colle

cted

1.1

1

iden

tify

suitab

le o

ptim

um

conditio

ns

and c

reat

e an

ac

tion p

lan t

o e

nsu

re t

hes

e co

nditio

ns

are

imple

men

ted

1.1

2

com

ple

te a

writt

en T

aguch

i lin

ear

gra

ph r

eport

1.1

3

calc

ula

te a

nd p

roduce

gra

phs

for

the

follo

win

g:

• m

ain e

ffec

ts

• in

tera

ctio

ns

2a

Know

how

to p

roduce

Tag

uch

i lin

ear

gra

phs

2.1

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

carr

y out

a T

aguch

i lin

ear

gra

ph

exper

imen

t

2.2

ex

pla

in w

hat

is

mea

nt

by

the

follo

win

g t

erm

s: fold

ove

r, c

onfo

unded

, al

ias

2.3

ex

pla

in h

ow

to p

roduce

Tag

uch

i lin

ear

gra

ph

des

igns

for

a ra

nge

of ar

rays

(su

ch a

s L4

, L8

and

L16)

2.4

ex

pla

in w

hat

is

mea

nt

by

Alp

ha

risk

and B

eta

risk

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

272

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.5

ex

pla

in w

hat

a p

opula

tion a

nd a

sam

ple

are

2.6

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

alcu

late

a s

uitable

sam

ple

siz

e

2.7

ex

pla

in w

hy

we

nee

d t

o u

se T

aguch

i lin

ear

gra

ph

exper

imen

tal des

ign a

nd h

ow it

is u

sed in a

Six

Sig

ma im

pro

vem

ent

pro

ject

2b

Know

how

to p

roduce

Tag

uch

i lin

ear

gra

phs

(continued

)

2.8

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

onduct

a T

aguch

i lin

ear

gra

ph

exper

imen

t

2.9

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

alcu

late

mea

n,

med

ian,

mode,

st

andar

d d

evia

tion,

range

and v

aria

nce

2.1

0

expla

in h

ow

to c

alcu

late

and g

raphic

ally

dis

pla

y m

ain e

ffec

ts a

nd inte

ract

ions

2.1

1

expla

in h

ow

to iden

tify

suitab

le o

ptim

al co

nditio

ns

2.1

2

expla

in h

ow

to c

reate

an a

ctio

n p

lan t

o e

nsu

re t

hat

im

pro

vem

ents

are

im

ple

men

ted

2.1

3

expla

in h

ow

to c

reate

a T

aguch

i lin

ear

gra

ph r

eport

, an

d t

he

info

rmat

ion it

should

conta

in

2.1

4

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

and

whom

they

should

rep

ort

to,

in t

he

even

t of

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

273

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

274


275

Further information

Our customer service numbers are:

BTEC and NVQ 0844 576 0026

GCSE 0844 576 0027

GCE 0844 576 0025

The Diploma 0844 576 0028

DiDA and other qualifications 0844 576 0031

Calls may be recorded for training purposes.

Useful publications

Related information and publications include:

• Centre Handbook for Edexcel QCF NVQs and Competence-based Qualifications published annually

• functional skills publications – specifications, tutor support materials and question papers

• Regulatory Arrangements for the Qualification and Credit Framework (published by Ofqual, August 2008)

• the current Edexcel publications catalogue and update catalogue.

Edexcel publications concerning the Quality Assurance System and the internal and standards verification of vocationally related programmes can be found on the Edexcel website.

NB: Some of our publications are priced. There is also a charge for postage and packing. Please check the cost when you order.

How to obtain National Occupational Standards

Please contact:

Semta (Head Office) 14 Upton Road Watford WD18 0JT

Telephone: 01923 238441 Fax: 01923 256086 Email: [email protected]

mailto:[email protected]�


276

Professional development and training

Edexcel supports UK and international customers with training related to NVQ and BTEC qualifications. This support is available through a choice of training options offered in our published training directory or through customised training at your centre.

The support we offer focuses on a range of issues including:

• planning for the delivery of a new programme

• planning for assessment and grading

• developing effective assignments

• building your team and teamwork skills

• developing student-centred learning and teaching approaches

• building functional skills into your programme

• building effective and efficient quality assurance systems.

The national programme of training we offer can be viewed on our website (www.edexcel.com/training). You can request customised training through the website or by contacting one of our advisers in the Training from Edexcel team via Customer Services to discuss your training needs.

The training we provide:

• is active

• is designed to be supportive and thought provoking

• builds on best practice

• may be suitable for those seeking evidence for their continuing professional development.

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

277

Annex

e A

: Pro

gres

sion

pat

hw

ays

The

Edex

cel qual

ific

atio

n f

ram

ewor

k fo

r th

e en

ginee

ring

sect

or

Level

Gen

era

l q

uali

fica

tio

ns

Dip

lom

as

BTE

C v

oca

tio

nall

y-

rela

ted

q

uali

fica

tio

ns

BTEC

sp

eci

ali

st

qu

alifi

cati

on

/

pro

fess

ion

al

NV

Q/

com

pete

nce

8

7

6

We

have

too m

any

qual

ific

ations

to lis

t in

th

is s

pace

. Pl

ease

re

fer

to

ww

w.e

dex

cel.co

m f

or

furt

her

info

rmat

ion.

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

278

Level

Gen

era

l q

uali

fica

tio

ns

Dip

lom

as

BTE

C v

oca

tio

nall

y-

rela

ted

q

uali

fica

tio

ns

BTEC

sp

eci

ali

st

qu

alifi

cati

on

/

pro

fess

ion

al

NV

Q/

com

pete

nce

5

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

5

HN

D D

iplo

ma

in

Man

ufa

cturing

Engin

eering

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

5

HN

D D

iplo

ma

in

Mec

han

ical

Engin

eering

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

5

HN

D D

iplo

ma

in

Oper

atio

ns

Engin

eering

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

5

HN

D D

iplo

ma

in

Ele

ctri

cal/

Ele

ctro

nic

Engin

eering

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

5

HN

D D

iplo

ma

in

Gen

eral

Engin

eering

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

5

HN

D D

iplo

ma

in

Auto

motive

Engin

eering

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

5

HN

D D

iplo

ma

in

Aer

onau

tica

l Engin

eering

W

e have

too m

any

qual

ific

ations

to lis

t in

th

is s

pace

. Pl

ease

re

fer

to

ww

w.e

dex

cel.co

m f

or

furt

her

info

rmat

ion.

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

279

Level

Gen

era

l q

uali

fica

tio

ns

Dip

lom

as

BTE

C v

oca

tio

nall

y-

rela

ted

q

uali

fica

tio

ns

BTEC

sp

eci

ali

st

qu

alifi

cati

on

/

pro

fess

ion

al

NV

Q/

com

pete

nce

4

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

4

HN

C D

iplo

ma

in

Man

ufa

cturing

Engin

eering

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

4

HN

C D

iplo

ma

in

Mec

han

ical

Engin

eering

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

4

HN

C D

iplo

ma

in

Oper

atio

ns

Engin

eering

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

4

HN

C D

iplo

ma

in

Ele

ctri

cal/

Ele

ctro

nic

Engin

eering

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

4

HN

C D

iplo

ma

in

Gen

eral

Engin

eering

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

4

HN

C D

iplo

ma

in

Auto

motive

Engin

eering

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

4

HN

C D

iplo

ma

in

Aer

onau

tica

l Engin

eering

W

e have

too m

any

qual

ific

ations

to lis

t in

th

is s

pace

. Pl

ease

re

fer

to

ww

w.e

dex

cel.co

m f

or

furt

her

info

rmat

ion.

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

280

Level

Gen

era

l q

uali

fica

tio

ns

Dip

lom

as

BTE

C v

oca

tio

nall

y-

rela

ted

q

uali

fica

tio

ns

BTEC

sp

eci

ali

st

qu

alifi

cati

on

/

pro

fess

ion

al

NV

Q/

com

pete

nce

3

Edex

cel Le

vel 3

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 B

TEC

Cer

tifica

te,

Subsi

dia

ry

Dip

lom

a, D

iplo

ma

and

Ext

ended

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 B

TEC

D

iplo

ma

and E

xten

ded

D

iplo

ma

in M

echan

ical

Engin

eering

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 B

TEC

D

iplo

ma

and E

xten

ded

D

iplo

ma

in

Man

ufa

cturing

Engin

eering

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 B

TEC

D

iplo

ma

and E

xten

ded

D

iplo

ma

in O

per

atio

ns

and M

ain

tenan

ce

Engin

eering

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 B

TEC

D

iplo

ma

and E

xten

ded

D

iplo

ma

in

Ele

ctri

cal/

Ele

ctro

nic

Engin

eering

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 B

TEC

D

iplo

ma

and E

xten

ded

D

iplo

ma

in

Aer

onau

tica

l Engin

eering

W

e have

too m

any

qual

ific

ations

to lis

t in

th

is s

pace

. Pl

ease

re

fer

to

ww

w.e

dex

cel.co

m f

or

furt

her

info

rmat

ion.

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

281

Level

Gen

era

l q

uali

fica

tio

ns

Dip

lom

as

BTE

C v

oca

tio

nall

y-

rela

ted

q

uali

fica

tio

ns

BTEC

sp

eci

ali

st

qu

alifi

cati

on

/

pro

fess

ion

al

NV

Q/

com

pete

nce

2

GCSE

Engin

eering

GCSE

Man

ufa

cturing

Edex

cel Le

vel 2

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Edex

cel Le

vel 2 B

TEC

Cer

tifica

te,

Ext

ended

Cer

tifica

te a

nd

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

W

e have

too m

any

qual

ific

ations

to lis

t in

th

is s

pace

. Pl

ease

re

fer

to

ww

w.e

dex

cel.co

m f

or

furt

her

info

rmat

ion.

1

Edex

cel Le

vel 1

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

1

Aw

ard,

Cer

tifica

te a

nd

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

W

e have

too m

any

qual

ific

ations

to lis

t in

th

is s

pace

. Pl

ease

re

fer

to

ww

w.e

dex

cel.co

m f

or

furt

her

info

rmat

ion.

En

try

N025101 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 4 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in B

usi

nes

s-Im

pro

vem

ent

Tec

hniq

ues

(Q

CF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Dec

ember

2010

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2010

282


283

Annexe B: Quality assurance

Key principles of quality assurance

• A centre delivering Edexcel qualifications must be an Edexcel recognised centre and must have approval for qualifications that it is offering.

• The centre agrees as part of gaining recognition to abide by specific terms and conditions around the effective delivery and quality assurance of assessment; the centre must abide by these conditions throughout the period of delivery.

• Edexcel makes available to approved centres a range of materials and opportunities to exemplify the processes required for effective assessment and provide examples of effective standards. Approved centres must use the guidance on assessment to ensure that staff who are delivering Edexcel qualifications are applying consistent standards.

• An approved centre must follow agreed protocols for: standardisation of assessors; planning, monitoring and recording of assessment processes; internal verification and recording of internal verification processes; and for dealing with special circumstances, appeals and malpractice.

Quality assurance processes

The approach to quality assured assessment is made through a partnership between a recognised centre and Edexcel. Edexcel is committed to ensuring that it follows best practice and employs appropriate technology to support quality assurance processes where practicable. Therefore, the specific arrangements for working with centres will vary. Edexcel seeks to ensure that the quality assurance processes that it uses do not place undue bureaucratic processes on centres and works to support centres in providing robust quality assurance processes.

The learning outcomes and assessment criteria in each unit within this specification set out the standard to be achieved by each learner in order to gain the qualification. Edexcel operates a quality assurance process, which is designed to ensure that these standards are maintained by all assessors and verifiers.

For the purposes of quality assurance, all individual qualifications and units are considered as a whole. Centres offering these qualifications must be committed to ensuring the quality of the units and qualifications they offer, through effective standardisation of assessors and internal verification of assessor decisions. Centre quality assurance and assessment processes are monitored by Edexcel.


284

The Edexcel quality assurance processes will involve:

• gaining centre recognition and qualification approval if a centre is not currently approved to offer Edexcel qualifications

• annual visits to centres by Edexcel for quality review and development of overarching processes and quality standards. Quality review and development visits will be conducted by an Edexcel quality development reviewer

• annual visits by occupationally competent and qualified Edexcel Standards Verifiers for sampling of internal verification and assessor decisions for the occupational sector

• the provision of support, advice and guidance towards the achievement of National Occupational Standards.

Centres are required to declare their commitment to ensuring quality and appropriate opportunities for learners that lead to valid and accurate assessment outcomes. In addition, centres will commit to undertaking defined training and online standardisation activities.


285

Annexe C: Centre certification and registration

Edexcel Standards Verifiers will provide support, advice and guidance to centres to achieve Direct Claims Status (DCS). Edexcel will maintain the integrity of Edexcel QCF NVQs through ensuring that the awarding of these qualifications is secure. Where there are quality issues identified in the delivery of programmes, Edexcel will exercise the right to:

• direct centres to take actions

• limit or suspend certification

• suspend registration.

The approach of Edexcel in such circumstances is to work with the centre to overcome the problems identified. If additional training is required, Edexcel will aim to secure the appropriate expertise to provide this.

What are the access arrangements and special considerations for the qualification in this specification?

Centres are required to recruit learners to Edexcel qualifications with integrity.

Appropriate steps should be taken to assess each applicant’s potential and a professional judgement made about their ability to successfully complete the programme of study and achieve the qualification. This assessment will need to take account of the support available to the learner within the centre during their programme of study and any specific support that might be necessary to allow the learner to access the assessment for the qualification. Centres should consult Edexcel’s policy on learners with particular requirements.

Edexcel’s policy on access arrangements and special considerations for Edexcel qualifications aims to enhance access to the qualifications for learners with disabilities and other difficulties (as defined by the 1995 Disability Discrimination Act and the amendments to the Act) without compromising the assessment of skills, knowledge, understanding or competence. Please refer to Access Arrangements and Special Considerations for BTEC and Edexcel NVQ Qualifications for further details. www.edexcel.com.


286


287

Annexe D: Additional Requirements for qualifications that use the title NVQ within the QCF

Contents

Edexcel Level 4 NVQ Diploma in Business-Improvement Techniques (QCF) 1

For first registration November 2010 1

Contents 3

Contents 287

Contents 297

Edexcel Level 4 NVQ Diploma in Business-Improvement Techniques (QCF) 1

For first registration November 2010 1

Contents 3

Contents 287

Contents 297


288

Purpose of document

1 The purpose of this document is to make clear what additional requirements are needed to assess and quality assure qualifications that use the title NVQ within the QCF.

2 When an SSC/SSB and awarding organisation wants to use the title NVQ in the naming of a qualification within the QCF, the awarding organisation is required to make sure this qualification is assessed and quality assured in accordance with these additional requirements and other requirements described in the SSC/SSB Assessment Strategy.

3 The aims of these additional requirements are to:

• ensure that all competence based qualifications that use the title NVQ within the QCF are:

− assessed consistently

− quality assured consistently

• maintain the integrity of qualifications that use the title NVQ within the QCF

• establish the NVQ brand within the QCF

• keep bureaucracy associated with assessment and quality assurance of qualifications that use the title NVQ within the QCF to a minimum.


289

Background

4 “At the heart of an NVQ is the concept of occupational competence; the ability to perform to the standards required in employment across a range of circumstances and to meet changing demands. NVQs are first and foremost about what people can do. They go beyond technical skills to include planning, problem solving, dealing with unexpected occurrences, working with other people and applying the knowledge and understanding that underpins overall competence”. 1

5 NVQs are based entirely on National Occupational Standards (NOS) developed by an SSC/SSB, which describe the competence needed in an occupational role.

6 Qualifications that use the title NVQ within the QCF must comply with the rules of combination determined by the SSC/SSB. Awarding organisations are not allowed to develop another qualification that does not use the title NVQ within the QCF, if it uses the same rules of combination as a qualification that does use the title NVQ within the QCF.

7 The QCF offers increased flexibility in the way occupational competence can be assessed and demonstrated. Qualifications that use the title NVQ in the title within the QCF are just one way of assessing and demonstrating occupational competence. SSCs/SSBs are free to work with their awarding organisations to agree what qualifications will be used to assess occupational competence. Qualifications that use the title NVQ within the QCF, are not a preferred method for assessing occupational competence and all qualifications accredited through the QCF have equal status.

8 When developing a qualification for the QCF, including qualifications that use the title NVQ within the QCF, an awarding organisation must be a recognised awarding organisation and must meet the Qualification Requirements in the Regulatory Arrangements for the Qualifications and Credit Framework, published by The Office of the Qualifications and Examinations Regulator (Ofqual) in August 2008.

9 The qualification regulators confirmed that a group of SSCs and SSBs would be free to develop specific, additional requirements about the way in which qualifications that use the title NVQ within the QCF will be assessed and quality assured. For those recognised awarding organisations that want to assess occupational competence through the use of qualifications that use the title NVQ within the QCF, it has been agreed by SSCs and SSBs that the following additional requirements must be met.

1 NCVQ’s NVQ Criteria and Guidance 1995.


290

Additional requirements for qualifications that use the title NVQ within the QCF

Introduction

10 Qualifications that use the title NVQ within the QCF must be assessed and quality assured in accordance with the following additional requirements.

Assessment Requirements

11 When a qualification uses the title NVQ within the QCF, awarding organisations are required to make sure their recognised assessment centres understand how learners are to be assessed.

12 Assessment methodologies must meet the assessment strategy developed in partnership between the relevant SSC or SSB and awarding organisations for the qualification. The assessment strategy must be published and made available separately and will include the requirements for assessment of qualifications that use the title NVQ within the QCF. The assessment criteria for each unit will be part of the units that make up the qualification.

13 Learners must complete real work activities in order to produce evidence to demonstrate they have met the NOS and are occupationally competent.

14 When a learner cannot complete a real work activity, simulation is allowed.

15 Simulation is allowed when:

• a learner is required to complete a work activity that does not occur on a regular basis and therefore opportunities to complete a particular work activity do not easily arise

• a learner is required to respond to a situation that rarely occurs, such as responding to an emergency situation

• the safety of a learner, other individuals and/or resources will be put at risk.

16 When simulation is used, assessors must be confident that the simulation replicates the workplace to such an extent that learners will be able to fully transfer their occupational competence to the workplace and real situations.

17 Units that must not be assessed by simulation must be identified by the SSC/SSB in the assessment strategy for the qualification or family of qualifications.

18 Learners must be assessed by assessors:

• who are occupationally competent in the occupational areas they are assessing where they have sufficient and relevant technical/occupational competence in the unit, at or above the level


291

of the unit being assessed and as defined by the assessment strategy for that qualification

• who must hold or be working towards a suitable assessor qualification2 to confirm they understand assessment and how to assess learners

• must be fully conversant with the unit(s) against which the assessments and verification are to be undertaken.

19 All assessors must carry out assessment to the standards specified in the A units.

20 All assessment decisions made by a trainee assessor must be checked by a qualified assessor or an assessor recognised by an awarding organisation.

21 Trainee assessors must have a plan, which is overseen by the recognised assessment centre, to achieve the relevant assessor qualification(s) within an agreed timescale.

2 Currently an assessor could hold unit A1 and/or unit A2. Or from the past unit D32 and/or unit D33. SSCs also identify other suitable equivalent qualifications.


292

Quality assurance requirements

22 When a qualification uses the title NVQ within the QCF, awarding organisations are required to make sure their recognised assessment centres understand how the qualification will be quality assured.

23 Qualifications that use the title NVQ within the QCF, must be verified:

• internally by an internal verifier, who is accountable to the assessment centre

• externally by an external verifier, who is accountable to the awarding organisation or an agent of the awarding organisation.

24 With reference to internal verification, internal verifiers must:

• hold or be working towards a suitable internal verifier qualification3 to confirm they understand how to internally verify assessments

• have sufficient and relevant technical/occupational familiarity in the unit(s) being verified

• be fully conversant with the standards and assessment criteria in the units to be assessed

• understand the awarding organisation’s quality assurance systems and requirements for this qualification.

25 Trainee internal verifiers must have a plan, which is overseen by the recognised assessment centre, to achieve the internal verifier qualification within an agreed timescale.

26 With reference to external verification, external verifiers must:

• hold or be working towards a suitable external verification qualification4 to confirm they understand and are able to carry out external verification

• have no connections with the assessment centre, in order to maintain objectivity

• have sufficient and relevant technical/occupational understanding in the unit(s) being verified

• be fully conversant with the standards and performance criteria in the units to be assessed

• understand the awarding organisation’s quality assurance systems for this qualification.

27 Trainee external verifiers must have a plan, which is overseen by the awarding organisation, to achieve the external verifier qualification within an agreed timescale.

3 Currently an internal verifier needs to hold unit V1. Or from the past unit D34. SSCs also identify other suitable equivalent qualifications. 4 Currently an external verifier needs to hold unit V2. Or from the past unit D35.


293

28 Awarding organisations must decide the frequency of external monitoring activities. Any decision must be based on

• the risks associated with a qualification that is designed to help a learner demonstrate occupational competence

• an evaluation of the centre’s performance and past record.

29 Awarding organisations will have in place suitably constituted audit processes, which are supported by naturally occurring quality assurance and monitoring systems that already exist in workplace assessment environments.


294


295

Annexe E: Assessment Strategy

Semta

Engineering

NVQ Level 2, 3 and 4

QCF Unit Assessment Strategy

Version 1. 16th March 2010


296


297

Contents

Introduction 299

Assessor Requirements 300

Verifier Requirements 300

Technical Requirements for Assessors and Verifiers 301

Assessment Environment 302

Access to Assessment 303

Carrying Out Assessment 303

Performance Evidence Requirements 304

Assessing Knowledge and Understanding 304

Witness testimony 305

Quality Control of Assessment 305

Additional Notes 306


298


299

Introduction

SEMTA, the Sector Skills Council for the Science Engineering Manufacturing Technologies Sector, has produced this QCF Unit Assessment Strategy to:

• assist Assessors, Internal Verifiers and External Verifiers

• encourage and promote consistent assessment of NVQ units

• promote cost effective assessment plans.

This document also provides definitions for:

• the qualifications and experience required for Assessors and Verifiers

• the assessment environment and notes on simulation/replication

• access to units.

and requirements relating to:

• carrying out assessments

• performance evidence

• assessing knowledge and understanding.

The importance and value in which employers and learners place on undertaking NVQ units will provide a key measure of [Semta’s] success with this unit assessment strategy. Another key success factor will be SEMTA’s partnership with the relevant Awarding Organisations.


300

Assessor Requirements to Demonstrate Effective Assessment Practice

Assessment must be carried out by competent Assessors who hold, or are working towards, the nationally recognised Assessor units A1 and/or A2 as appropriate to the assessment being carried out. Assessors that hold units D32 and/or D33 must demonstrate that they are applying the assessment principles and practices set down in A1 and/or A2 as appropriate to the assessment being carried out.

Assessor Technical Requirements

Assessors must be able to demonstrate that they have verifiable, relevant and sufficient technical competence to evaluate and judge performance and knowledge evidence requirements as set out in the relevant QCF unit learning outcomes and associated assessment criteria.

This will be demonstrated either by holding a relevant technical qualification or by proven industrial experience of the technical areas to be assessed. The assessor’s competence must, at the very least, be at the same level as that required of the learner(s) in the units being assessed.

Assessors must also be:

Fully conversant with the Awarding Organisation’s assessment recording documentation used for the QCF NVQ units against which the assessments and verification are to be carried out, other relevant documentation and system and procedures to support the QA process.

Verifier Requirements

Internal Verifiers must hold, or be working towards, the nationally recognised Internal Verifier unit V1 and would be expected to be familiar with, and preferably hold, the nationally recognised Assessor units. Internal Verifiers that hold unit D34 must demonstrate that they are applying the verification principles and practices set down in V1.

External Verifiers must hold, or be working towards, the nationally recognised External Verifier unit V2 and would be expected to be familiar with, and preferably hold, the nationally recognised Assessor units, and Internal Verifier unit. External Verifiers that hold unit D35 must demonstrate that they are applying the verification principles and practices set down in V2.

Verifiers, both Internal and External, will also be expected to be fully conversant with the terminology used in the QCF NVQ units against which the assessments and verification are to be carried out, the appropriate Regulatory Body’s systems and procedures and the relevant Awarding Organisation’s documentation, systems and procedures within which the assessment and verification is taking place.


301

Specific technical requirements for internal and external verifiers

Internal and external verifiers of this qualification must be able to demonstrate that they have verifiable, sufficient and relevant industrial experience, and must have a working knowledge of the processes, techniques and procedures that are used in the relevant sector/occupation.

The tables on the following page show the recommended levels of technical competence for assessors, internal verifiers, and external verifiers.

Technical Requirements for Assessors and Verifiers

Position Prime activity requirements

Support activity requirements

Technical requirements (see notes)

Assessor Assessment Skills IV Systems Technical competence in the areas covered by the QCF units being assessed

Internal Verifier Verification Skills Assessment Knowledge

Technical understanding of the areas covered by the qualifications

External Verifier Verification skills Assessment Understanding

Technical awareness of the areas covered by the qualifications

Notes

1 Technical competence is defined here as a combination of practical skills, knowledge, and the ability to apply both of these, in familiar and new situations, within a real working environment.

2 Technical understanding is defined here as having a good understanding of the technical activities being assessed, together with knowledge of relevant Health & Safety implications and requirements of the assessments.

3 Technical awareness is defined here as a general overview of the subject area, sufficient to ensure that assessment and portfolio evidence are reliable, and that relevant Health and Safety requirements have been complied with.

4. The competence required by the assessor, internal verifier and external verifier, in the occupational area being assessed, is likely to exist at three levels as indicated by the shaded zones in the following table.


302

Technical

Competence

required by:

An ability to discuss the general principles of the competences being assessed

An ability to describe the practical aspects of the competence being assessed

An ability to demonstrate the practical competences being assessed

Assessor

Internal Verifier

External Verifier

Assessment Environment

The evidence put forward for this unit can only be regarded valid, reliable, sufficient and authentic if achieved and obtained in the working environment and be clearly attributable to the learner. However, in certain circumstances, simulation/replication of work activities may be acceptable.

The use of high quality, realistic simulations/replication, which impose pressures which are consistent with workplace expectations, should only be used in relation to the assessment of the following:

• rare or dangerous occurrences, such as those associated with health, safety and the environment issues, emergency scenarios and rare operations at work

• the response to faults and problems for which no opportunity has presented for the use of naturally occurring workplace evidence of learners competence

• aspects of working relationships and communications for which no opportunity has presented for the use of naturally occurring workplace evidence of learners competence.

Simulations/replications will require prior approval from the specific Awarding Organisation and should be designed in relation to the following parameters:

• the environment in which simulations take place must be designed to match the characteristics of the working environment

• competencies achieved via simulation/replication must be transferable to the working environment

• simulations which are designed to assess competence in dealing with emergencies, accidents and incidents must be verified as complying with relevant health, safety and environmental legislation by a competent health and safety/environmental control officer before being used

• simulated activities should place learners under the same pressures of time, access to resources and access to information as would be expected if the activity was real

• simulated activities should require learners to demonstrate their competence using plant and/or equipment used in the working environment


303

• simulated activities which require interaction with colleagues and contacts should require the learner to use the communication media that would be expected at the workplace

• for health and safety reason simulations need not involve the use of genuine substances/materials. Any simulations which require the learner to handle or otherwise deal with materials substances/should ensure that the substitute take the same form as in the workplace.

Access to Assessment

There are no entry qualifications or age limits required by learners to undertake the NVQ units unless this is a legal requirement of the process or the environment. Assessment is open to any learner who has the potential to achieve the assessment criteria set out in the units.

Aids or appliances, which are designed to alleviate disability, may be used during assessment, providing they do not compromise the standard required.

Carrying Out Assessment

The NVQ units were specifically developed to cover a wide range of activities. The evidence produced for the units will, therefore, depend on the learners choice of “bulleted items” listed in the unit assessment criteria.

Where the assessment criteria gives a choice of bulleted items (for example ‘any three from five’), assessors should note that learners do not need to provide evidence of the other items to complete the unit (in this example, two) items, particularly where these additional items may relate to other activities or methods that are not part of the learners normal workplace activity or area of expertise.


304

Performance Evidence Requirements

Performance evidence must be the main form of evidence gathered. In order to demonstrate consistent, competent performance for a unit, a minimum of 3 different examples of performance must be provided, and must be sufficient to show that the assessment criteria have been achieved to the prescribed standards. It is possible that some of the bulleted items in the assessment criteria may be covered more than once. The assessor and learner need to devise an assessment plan to ensure that performance evidence is sufficient to cover all the specified assessment criteria and which maximises the opportunities to gather evidence. Where applicable, performance evidence maybe used for more than one unit.

The most effective way of assessing competence, is through direct observation of the learner. Assessors must make sure that the evidence provided reflects the learner’s competence and not just the achievement of a training programme.

Evidence that has been produced from team activities, for example, maintenance or installation activities is only valid when it clearly relates to the learners specific and individual contribution to the activity, and not to the general outcome(s).

Each example of performance evidence will often contain features that apply to more than one unit, and can be used as evidence in any unit where appropriate.

Performance evidence must be a combination of:

• outputs of the learner’s work, such as items that have been manufactured, installed, maintained, designed, planned or quality assured, and documents produced as part of a work activity.

together with:

• evidence of the way the learner carried out the activities such as witness testimonies, assessor observations or authenticated learner reports, records or photographs of the work/activity carried out, etc.

Competent performance is more than just carrying out a series of individual set tasks. Many of the units contain statements that require the learner to provide evidence that proves they are capable of combining the various features and techniques. Where this is the case, separate fragments of evidence would not provide this combination of features and techniques and will not, therefore, be acceptable as demonstrating competent performance.

If there is any doubt as to what constitutes valid, authentic and reliable evidence, the internal and/or external verifier should be consulted.


305

Assessing knowledge and understanding

Knowledge and understanding are key components of competent performance, but it is unlikely that performance evidence alone will provide enough evidence in this area. Where the learners knowledge and understanding (and the handling of contingency situations) is not apparent from performance evidence, it must be assessed by other means and be supported by suitable evidence.

Knowledge and understanding can be demonstrated in a number of different ways. Semta expects oral questioning and practical demonstrations to be used, as these are considered the most appropriate for these units. Assessors should ask enough questions to make sure that the learner has an appropriate level of knowledge and understanding, as required by the unit. Awarding Organisations may choose other methods, which must be supported by a suitable rationale.

Evidence of knowledge and understanding will not be required for those bulleted items in the assessment criteria that have not been selected by the learner.

The achievement of the specific knowledge and understanding requirements of the units cannot simply be inferred by the results of tests or assignments from other units, qualifications or training programmes. Where evidence is submitted from these sources, the assessor must, as with any assessment, make sure the evidence is valid, reliable, authentic, directly attributable to the learner, and meets the full knowledge and understanding requirements of the unit.

Where oral questioning is used the assessor must retain a record of the questions asked, together with the learner’s answers.

Awarding Organisations may choose other methods, which must be supported by a suitable rationale.

Witness testimony

Where observation is used to obtain performance evidence, this must be carried out against the unit assessment criteria. Best practice would require that such observation is carried out by a qualified Assessor. If this is not practicable, then alternative sources of evidence may be used.

For example, the observation may be carried out against the assessment criteria by someone else that is in close contact with the learner. This could be a team leader, supervisor, mentor or line manager who may be regarded as a suitable witness to the learners competency. However, the witness must be technically competent in the process or skills that they are providing testimony for, to at least the same level of expertise as that required of the learner. It will be the responsibility of the assessor to make sure that any witness testimonies accepted as evidence of the learner’s competency are reliable, auditable and technically valid.


306

Quality Control of Assessment

General

There are two major points where an Awarding Organisation interacts with the Centre in relation to the External Quality Control of Assessment for a qualification and these are:

• Approval - when a Centre take on new qualifications, the Awarding Organisation, normally through an External Verifier (EV), ensures that the Centre is suitably equipped and prepared to deliver the new qualification

• Monitoring - throughout the ongoing delivery of the qualification the Awarding Organisation, through EV monitoring and other mechanisms must maintain and the quality and consistency of assessment of the qualification.

Approval

In granting Approval, the Awarding Organisation, normally through its External Verifiers (EV) must ensure that the prospective Centre:

• meets any procedural requirements specified by the Awarding Organisation

• has sufficient and appropriate physical and staff resources

• meets relevant health and safety and/or equality and access requirements

• has a robust plan for the delivery, assessment and QA for the qualifications.

Awarding Organisation’s may decide to visit the Centre to view the evidence provided.

The Awarding Organisation must have a clear rationale for the method(s) deployed.

Monitoring

The Awarding Organisation, through EV monitoring and other mechanisms, must ensure:

• that a strategy is developed and deployed for the ongoing Awarding Organisation monitoring of the Centre. This strategy must be based on an active risk assessment of the Centre. In particular the strategy must identify the learner, assessor and IV sampling strategy to be deployed and the rationale behind this

• that the Centre’s internal quality assurance processes are effective in learner assessment


307

• that sanctions are applied to a Centre where necessary and that corrective actions are taken by the Centre and monitored by the Awarding Organisation/EV

• that reviews of Awarding Organisation’s external auditing arrangements are undertaken.

Awarding Organisations are required to provide to SEMTA, on request, details of the strategies, rationales and reviews detailed above.

Additional Notes:

It is recognised that some Awarding Organisations provide supplementary guidance and documentation to centres to support the quality of assessment and verification practice of N/SVQs.

4259es171210S:\LT\PD\NVQ Competence N025101 L4 NVQ Dip in Business Improvement Techniques.doc 1-313-4

Publications Code NO25101 December 2010 For more information on Edexcel and BTEC qualifications please visit our website: www.edexcel.com Edexcel Limited. Registered in England and Wales No. 4496750 Registered Office: One90 High Holborn, London WC1V 7BH. VAT Reg No 780 0898 07

http://www.edexcel.com/�

specification - edexcel...this qualification allows learners to demonstrate competence in...

Documents